Resize:

Township of Woolwich, NJ
Saturday, March 26, 2016

Chapter 203. Zoning

Part 2. Woolwich Regional Center and Auburn Road Village Regulations and Design Standards

[Added 10-27-2008 by Ord. No. 2008-21]

Article XIV. General Provisions

§ 203-117. Purpose.

The purpose of this Part 2 is to provide zoning regulations and design standards that are to be used in combination with the open space and circulation plans to promote the creation and sustainability of mixed-use walkable communities and neighborhoods along the Route 322 Corridor and within the Auburn Road area of Woolwich Township, New Jersey. The zoning regulations and design standards address seven development sectors within the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village. Sectors have been identified and are designed to promote stability and sustainability to the concept of the community of the 21st Century as they are designed to accommodate the growth of both regional and local services, some pedestrian-oriented, some automobile-oriented, and provide employment, civic and residential choices for communities of up to 4,246 residential units and roughly five million to six million square feet of retail/commercial space.203 Image 1a.tif
A. 
Subsectors.
(1) 
The Woolwich Regional Center:
(a) 
Woolwich Newtown (RC-1).
(b) 
Gateway Highway Service (RC-2).
(c) 
Large Format Retail (RC-3).
(d) 
Big Box Retail (RC-3).
(e) 
Regional Office and Hotel (RC-3).
(f) 
Neo-Traditional Senior Community (RC-3).
(g) 
Gateway East (RC-4).
203 Image 1b.tif
(2) 
The Auburn Road Village: Mixed Use Commercial/Residential Walkable Neighborhood Center (AR-1).
203 Image 1c.tif
B. 
The regulations and standards within this Part 2 address location, mixture and intensities of permitted uses, as well as site planning and architectural controls designed to promote vibrant urban form consistent with the visioning process undertaken by Woolwich Township officials, civic leaders and citizens.
C. 
This is not a document about architectural style. By style we mean such descriptive terms as "colonial," "victorian," "modern," "post-modern," etc. While each of us may have a collective memory of a place or places where such styles have elicited positive experiences of community, the history of human settlement instructs us that basic design considerations independent of "architectural style" are determinants of successful human scale community building. Good design promotes healthy community of place. The tenets of good design expressed in this document are based on seven principles:
(1) 
Scale: the visual arrangement and massing of buildings, voids and landscape elements that promote walkability and other alternative forms of transportation, a sense of place and a human scale rather than auto-oriented suburban sprawl.
(2) 
Rhythm: a pattern of facade and streetscape elements that discourages monotony and creates an inviting pedestrian environment and visual compatibility with buildings and places.
(3) 
Edges: physical elements that define a place and provide transition to adjacent areas.
(4) 
Colors and materials: the visible components of buildings and streetscapes, including siding, trim, doors, windows, gutters, downspouts, roofing and all other architectural and site elements. They must be in context with their environment and must be sustainable, low maintenance, durable and tactile.
(5) 
Density: the proximity at which a community lives, works and plays together.
(6) 
Choice: the provision of housing, employment, retail, recreation and other services for people of all ages and lifestyles.
(7) 
Diversity: a variation of scale, rhythm, materials, density and choice that provides an array of options for all people.
D. 
The local visioning process has identified a series of goal statements, as outlined below, which are to be considered in the review of all development applications involving lands located within the mapped Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village. Requests for variances, waivers and/or deviations from the ordinance provisions of this code shall be evaluated in the context of the impact the same may have on the following goal statements:
(1) 
Promote traditional neighborhood developments where the physical, visual and spatial characteristics are established and reinforced through the consistent use of compatible urban design and architectural design elements. Such elements shall relate characteristics of an individual structure or development to other existing or planned structures or developments in a harmonious manner, resulting in an overall development pattern and streetscape.
(2) 
Encourage innovative mixed-use and multiple-use plans so that the housing demand of varying age groups, families and income levels may be met by greater variety of type, design and layout of dwellings and by the construction and more efficient use of open space. To that end, the goal is to create smaller lots than currently exist in Woolwich Township to accommodate a mixture of single-family detached units, twins, townhouses, condominium flats and apartment flats above commercial and office uses which are to be integrated into the plan.
(3) 
Promote the creation of neighborhoods and districts that are distinct and identifiable in landscape, architecture and public space elements.
(4) 
Encourage the development of "sustainable" community identified by economic and fiscal balance, social integration and maximization of water and energy conservation through the use of passive and active technologies.
(5) 
Encourage land development practices that will promote the public health, safety, and welfare by creating neo-traditional land use alternatives to conventional, use-segregated "suburban sprawl," such as larger-lot subdivisions and strip commercial developments.
(6) 
Discourage uses and design patterns that tend to contribute to traffic congestion through the dependence on private automobiles.
(7) 
Establish a comprehensive street and path network based on the principles of the grid to accommodate an integrated multimodal transportation system with the intent of providing a safe pedestrian environment and pedestrian paths.
(8) 
Alleviate undue traffic congestion by reducing excessive sprawl of development and the segregation of land uses which result in the inefficient use of land and which necessitate the use of private vehicles.
(9) 
Encourage creative green technologies integrated into public spaces and private development parcels to achieve flood control, stormwater recharge and water filtration in an effort to preserve an indispensable natural resource.
(10) 
Allow for the directing of additional development through transfer of development rights (TDRs) in an effort to preserve the remaining rural, historic and agricultural character of Woolwich Township.

§ 203-118. Use of Part 2.

A. 
This document outlines the purpose of the zoning regulations and design standards and identifies the tenets of good design based upon specific principles. It also contains a series of goal statements that must be considered in the review of all development applications. Specifically, this document acts as an enabling ordinance which contains a development process section, phasing rules, general standards and definitions, a listing of principal and accessory uses, bulk and area regulations for all permitted uses, design standards and a street regulating plan. Further detailed rules associated with street layout and design, stormwater management, and parking and open space are found in other sections of this Part 2.
B. 
The zoning regulations and design standards are an interrelated set of plans, diagrams, photographs, tables and text which specify the design and intent of the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village.
C. 
Steps for developing land.
(1) 
Step 1: Review sections related to the variance, waiver and/or deviation process, phasing rules and general standards and definitions.
(2) 
Step 2: Review enabling ordinance section, including specifics on implementation. “Specifics on implementation” is the text which explains how regulations that are specified within the document will be implemented. This is the legal language that clarifies the regulations.
(3) 
Step 3: Review total number and types of residential units, densities and square footage of nonresidential uses.
(4) 
Step 4: Review bulk, area, and design regulations for each land use and building type that specifically addresses the following categories: town scale, block scale, site scale, public realm and private realm in relationship to architecture and design, parking, edges and buffers and the environment.
(a) 
The “town scale” shows the location of a particular permitted use in the Route 322 Corridor and Auburn Road area and its relationship to Center-wide features. The “block scale” specifies tract and block dimensions, sidewalk and planting strip widths, mid-block crossings, streetlighting and street furniture, architectural elements, public space and right-of-way considerations as well as issues of rhythm, scale and building orientation.
203 Image 2.tif 203 Image 3.tif
(b) 
The “site scale” identifies typical area and bulk regulations pertaining to lot area, width and depth, building and impervious coverage, building setbacks, fencing, open space and stormwater considerations.
203 Image 4.tif
(c) 
The “public realm” identifies the outside features of the architecture of buildings on each lot, including height, elevations, window-to-eave offsets, facade fenestration, rhythm breaks, porches, and other related matters.
203 Image 5.tif
(d) 
The “private realm” identifies building factors related to rear deck and outdoor space areas, chimney materials, upper-floor breezeways, stoops, awnings, solar screens, balconies and permitted uses internal to the structure.
203 Image 6.tif
(5) 
Step 5: The Land Use Master Plan maps for both areas are the legal maps which are part of this document. They are the regulating plans for the design of both Centers. All regulations in this document are derived from these maps. It reflects the location of streets, avenues and boulevards, open space and parks, retail and mixed-use buildings within both Centers.

§ 203-119. Legislative intent.

A. 
This Part 2 is intended to create the standards and requirements for the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village, which have been contemplated in some form by the Township dating back three years to 2003. The Township Committee seeks to create mixed-use, neo-traditional neighborhoods with public uses and open space areas designed to serve as both passive and active amenities.
B. 
Both Centers are also intended to integrate themselves with newly developed lands and with existing properties in and around the existing Route 322 Corridor and Auburn Road area, some of which are presently commercial and some of which are residential. It is intended that most of these existing properties will eventually be converted to some form of mixed uses or complementary stand-alone developments.
C. 
The Township Committee and Joint Land Use Board have promulgated a series of policy statements as listed below, which are to be considered in reviewing all development applications involving lands located in both the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village.
(1) 
Develop new mixed-use communities, which reflect the traditional character of this evolving rural Township.
(2) 
Require, whenever possible, the interconnection of existing and proposed uses so as to create integrated neighborhoods and a greater sense of community by using design techniques that provide for modified grid patterns accentuated with special, more grand avenues.
(3) 
Provide a layout of streets and open space edges which encourage pedestrian interconnections to residential, civic and commercial uses within a one-half-mile walking distance.
(4) 
Provide a clearly articulated and rationally designed open space system which consists of both integrated and peripheral active and passive parks.
(5) 
Extend greater opportunities for housing, commercial and recreational facilities to all residents of the Township.
(6) 
Encourage a more efficient use of land and public services by directing development in a pattern that resembles a traditional mixed-use development with varied housing types.
(7) 
Provide an approval, which will require the development to relate the type, design, and layout of residential development on any site to the surrounding environs and context, and to the Township's goal of encouraging mixed-use, neo-traditional development in a manner sensitive to the preservation or enhancement of property within existing residential areas.
(8) 
Establish policies and procedures intended to promote flexibility for the marketability of dwelling unit types while requiring the maintenance of the underlying integrity of the plan in an efficient and expedient forum.
(9) 
Discourage generic, modern suburban development that bears no relation to the historic development pattern of the Township and Gloucester County while promoting the creation of new neighborhoods and developments that exhibit the design features of neo-traditional neighborhoods and small towns in the county.
(10) 
Promote the creation of places which are oriented to the pedestrian, promote citizen security, and social interaction.
(11) 
Establish community plazas and squares which act as focal points of activity and interaction for both commercial and residential neighborhoods.
(12) 
Promote developments with visual and spatial characteristics as expressed in the components of the regulating plan and site plan and design standards.
(13) 
Incorporate a land use component specifically addressed to the needs of senior citizens.
(14) 
Develop a plan that addresses the fiscal imbalance of current zoning and provides a phasing of development in a fiscally responsible manner.
(15) 
Accommodate both the need and desire for the automobile in community planning.

§ 203-120. General provisions.

A. 
This Part 2 supersedes any provisions of the Woolwich Township Site Plan Ordinance, Subdivision Ordinance or Zoning Ordinance[1] as they apply to the Township as a whole. The Regulating Plan, which includes the Land Use Element, Circulation Plan Element, Public Spaces Plan Element, Stormwater Element, and Zoning Regulations and Design Standards Element, is incorporated as a companion document herein by reference.[2]
[Amended 12-15-2014 by Ord. No. 2014-17]
[1]
Editor's Note: See Ch. 149, Site Plan Review; Ch. 163, Subdivision of Land, and Part 1 of this chapter, respectively.
[2]
Editor's Note: The Regulating Plan is on file in the Township offices.
B. 
In the event of any inconsistencies or contradictions, this Part 2 shall be deemed as controlling over those lands located in the two Centers. The Regulating Plan shall be incorporated herein by reference as the design basis for the lands included in the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village. The Regulating Plan shall be governed in its entirety by the provisions of this Part 2 with the exception that those provisions of the Township Subdivision and Site Development Ordinance[3] and Zoning Ordinance specifically referenced within this Part 2 shall also apply to the zone district.
[3]
Editor's Note: See also Ch. 149, Site Plan Review.
C. 
The approval or disapproval of any portion of any Center development shall be based on an interpretation of the effect of the proposed development on the surrounding properties and the zone district if the same deviates in any manner from the Regulating Plan incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a deviation from the same, the determination shall be evaluated based upon the following provisions:
(1) 
The Regulating Plan, as incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to be the basic structure of both the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village and cannot be modified without approval of the Township Committee and/or the Joint Land Use Board depending on the extent of the deviation from the provisions of the Regulating Plan.
(2) 
The Regulating Plan is conceptual in nature in that it is not an engineered plan and that the actual layout of the streets and alleys shall be determined at the time of site plan and/or subdivision approval. The general locations of streets and alleys will remain; however, minor modifications may be permitted by the Joint Land Use Board due to engineering and site plan considerations, provided that the overall integrity of both the project scale and the comprehensive nature of the interconnected grid and parallel circulation/roadway system as illustrated in the conceptual drawings of this document are maintained.
(3) 
The regulations in this Part 2 shall be deemed to be the minimum standards applicable for the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village. In the event of any requests for deviation from standards for any section of proposed development or any portion of any section of either Center, Township Planner or Center Subcommittee or the Joint Land Use Board, depending upon the extent of the deviation, may require more stringent standards based on the proposed effect of the deviation on the overall Center plan or on specific areas of either development which may be impacted by the proposed deviation, in order to protect the health, safety and welfare of the citizens of the Township and the overall integrity of the plan.

§ 203-121. Phasing plan.

A. 
Any applicant seeking to develop properties located within the Woolwich Center or Auburn Road Village shall be required to provide a phasing schedule, which phasing schedule shall be subject to the review of and approval by the Joint Land Use Board. The intent of the phasing schedule shall be to establish parameters within which permitted housing stock shall be constructed in conjunction with the construction of land-use-related infrastructure components.
B. 
The Joint Land Use Board shall have the discretion to develop a suitable mechanism to ensure a balanced development so as to minimize and moderate fiscal impacts on the Township which may otherwise be created by the construction of housing.
C. 
A methodology may be established based upon ratio of dwelling units to nonresidential floor area or any other suitable calculation which the Joint Land Use Board deems to be appropriate in light of the intended goal of minimizing and moderating fiscal impacts.

§ 203-122. Township Planner and/or Center Subcommittee.

A. 
The Township Committee can choose to use the professional services of the Township Planner and/or establish a Center Subcommittee to review applications for development of lands within both the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village. For purposes of this Part 2 and Regulating Plan, the reviewer shall be referred to as the “Township Planner.” The Township Planner is hereby established and acknowledged, the purpose of which shall be to review all plans for development as well as variances, waivers and/or deviations from the Regulating Plan as incorporated in this Part 2 by reference. The Township Planner shall be responsible for reviewing and providing recommendations to the Joint Land Use Board for its approval or denial for deviations from any of the aforesaid design standards set forth in the Regulating Plan and this Part 2.
B. 
In those matters involving variances, waivers and/or deviations, the applicant shall be responsible for demonstrating to the Joint Land Use Board the nature of the variances, waivers and/or deviations sought, the amount of land or building lots affected, the impact of the variances, waivers and/or deviations on the immediately surrounding area of the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village and, if applicable, the effect on the overall district or subdistrict based upon the extent of the variances, waivers and/or deviations requested.
C. 
The Township Planner shall have the right to prepare and require the submission of an application checklist, provided the same is adopted by the Township Committee by ordinance.
D. 
The Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village plans and the land uses of its subsections shall be considered as permitted uses with conditions, those conditions being those established in the Regulating Plan, incorporated herein by reference. In the event any single property owner or consortium of property owners owns properties consisting of 15 acres or more, he/she or it may apply to the Joint Land Use Board for General Development Plan (GDP) approval for its portions of either Center and shall be subject to the provision of N.J.S.A. 40:55D-45 et seq. regarding GDP review and approvals. Both property owners or consortiums of property owners who obtain GDP approval and those who do not obtain a GDP approval for their property shall be required to obtain site plan and/or subdivision approval as may be required by law in addition to complying with the conditions of the within Part 2.
E. 
The street pattern as incorporated in the Circulation Plan Element shall be deemed to be fixed, and any application for deviation from the street pattern as established in this Part 2 shall be subject to the review and approval of the Joint Land Use Board unless said deviation is due to on-site engineering conditions certified by the Township Engineer and results only in a minor relocation of a proposed roadway as set forth in the Circulation Plan Element. In the event of such certification by the Township Engineer, the applicant shall only be required to submit the proposed deviation to the Township Planner as set forth above for its review and recommendation and potential action by the Joint Land Use Board.
F. 
All applications for development of any subsection of either the Woolwich Regional Center or Auburn Road Village shall be required to submit a phasing schedule unless said application is for a single property of two acres or less. In the event the application consists of approval for a site consisting of property exceeding said two acres, and the plan pertaining to said area consists of both residential and nonresidential uses, the phasing schedule shall incorporate the specific mechanism for residential applicable site so as to ensure the balanced development of the property for both residential and nonresidential purposes.
G. 
This Part 2 shall not be construed to alleviate the necessity of any applicant from obtaining any and all other approvals which may be required from outside agencies, whether municipal, county or state agencies which would otherwise have jurisdiction over the application.
H. 
The Center Subcommittee and/or Township Planner shall be responsible for the review of architectural building style, including all materials and colors.

§ 203-123. Variances, waivers and/or deviations from Regulating Plan.

A. 
Any application seeking variances, waivers and/or deviations from the provisions of this Part 2 may be subject to conditions at the time of approval by the Township Joint Land Use Board. All applications for such deviations must be evaluated in terms of the goals and policy statements articulated and established in this Part 2 and the reasons for said deviation shall be established in any determination made by the Joint Land Use Board.
B. 
Proposed deviations shall be reviewed and approved or denied by the Joint Land Use Board based upon the following criteria:
(1) 
The design and improvement shall be in harmony with the purpose and intent of this Part 2.
(2) 
The design and improvement shall generally enhance the street and/or building regulating plans, or in any case not have on adverse impact on its physical, visual, or spatial characteristics.
(3) 
The design and improvement shall generally enhance the streetscape and neighborhood, or in any case not have an adverse impact on the streetscape and neighborhood.
(4) 
The modification shall not result in configurations of lots or street systems which shall be impractical or detract from the appearance of the Center or the ability of adjacent properties to develop per the Regulating Plan.
(5) 
The proposed modification shall not result in any danger to the public health, safety, or welfare by making access to the dwellings by emergency vehicles more difficult, by depriving adjoining properties of adequate light and air, or by violating the other purposes for which zoning ordinances are to be enacted.
(6) 
Landscaping and other methods shall be used to ensure compliance with the design standards and guidelines of this Part 2.
(7) 
The minimum lot size of any lot to be created shall only be reduced below the requirements of this Part 2 by approval of the Joint Land Use Board.
(8) 
The applicant shall demonstrate that the proposed modification will allow for equal or better results and represents the minimum modification necessary.
(9) 
In the event of the granting of a deviation, the Joint Land Use Board may impose such conditions it deems necessary to permit the deviation while ensuring the integrity of the overall Town Center plan.

§ 203-124. Interpretation of development standards and guidelines.

A. 
The development standards contained in the Regulating Plan and design vocabulary contained therein are both written and illustrated. The illustrations and written text are intended to be complementary; and wherever an apparent inconsistency exists, an applicant may apply to the Joint Land Use Board for interpretation of the ordinance regarding such standard. Any interpretation made by the Joint Land Use Board shall be made in conjunction with the overall intent and character of the plan as codified in the Regulating Plan.
B. 
The development standards as contained in the ordinance set forth specific requirements for development guidelines which are to be strictly construed. The design vocabulary shall be interpreted with the maximum degree of flexibility to promote consistency in design, taking into account exceptional situations which may require unique interpretation.

Article XV. District Designations and Uses

§ 203-125. Center subsection delineation.

A. 
Delineation.
(1) 
The Woolwich Regional Center shall be comprised of three individual subsections which have been planned and designed based upon their respective locations from existing roads and utilities and existing buildings and features so as to promote a contiguous integrated Regional Center. The zone districts as proposed are set forth on the attached zone identification map which is appended hereto and incorporated herein by reference. Those districts are the RC-1, RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4 Zones.
203 Image 7.tif
(2) 
The Auburn Road Village shall be comprised of one zone sector, the AR-1 Zone.
203 Image 8.tif
B. 
Permitted and prohibited uses.
(1) 
The permitted uses for each section of the proposed Woolwich Regional Center and Auburn Road Village are set forth in this Part 2, and the design standards as applicable to each section of the Regional Center are set forth in the Regulating Plan incorporated herein by reference.
(2) 
Unless expressly permitted, all other uses are deemed to be prohibited. The outdoor storage of commercial trucks, tractor trailers, recreation vehicles, tractors, campers and boats is prohibited in all subsections of the Woolwich Regional Center and Auburn Road Village unless approved as part of a site plan.

§ 203-126. Methods for increasing Center density.

A. 
The transfer of units from another site located within the Township, which units to be transferred shall be incorporated into the density for the applicable portion of the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village of the Township, shall be based upon the TDR Ordinance.[1]
[1]
Editor's Note: See Part 1, Art. VI, Voluntary TDR Program, of this chapter.
B. 
The acquisition of development rights which may be acquired from another site located within the Township, which units if not owned by the applicant shall only be added to the base density upon evidence of the acquisition of same. The agreement shall set forth the reduction on the sending site and the proportionate increase on the receiving site and shall be binding upon all parties both as to acquisition and reduction in density. The Township Committee shall incorporate a reference to the retirement of specific areas of land in the agreement.
C. 
The Township Committee and Joint Land Use Board may approve the inclusion of low- and moderate-income affordable housing units previously not planned for by the Township and not previously incorporated in its Housing Element and Affordable Housing Plan, in order to increase density based upon this provision. The proposal to provide affordable housing units must also be approved by either the New Jersey Council on Affordable Housing (COAH) or the court as an amendment to the Township's Housing Element and Fair Share Plan. Any increase in density to be based upon this section of this Part 2 shall be determined based upon the established guidelines by either COAH or the court and ratified by the Township. The precise location and distribution of the affordable housing units, if any, and the phasing to the development of same shall be subject to the review and approval of the Township Committee and Joint Land Use Board.
D. 
Transferred units shall be allocated to designated receiving districts within the Center. The actual construction of transferred units shall, however, only occur after a site plan and/or subdivision has been the subject of final approval for that section of the Center to which the units are to be transferred.
E. 
No transfer of previously approved units located within a Center shall be permitted to be made into any other designated receiving district.

§ 203-127. Land uses in Route 322 Regional Center.*

[*Note: Densities are subject to the TDR Plan and Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.]
The following uses are permitted uses in the Woolwich Regional Center subject to the applicable development standards requirements as set forth in the accompanying Regulating Plan incorporated herein by reference. Residential uses within the RC-3 District shall be permitted per the Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
A. 
Permitted uses.
(1) 
Residential uses in RC-1 and RC-3, including any of the following unless specifically noted otherwise:
(a) 
Single-family detached (RC-1).
(b) 
Single-family detached with alley.
(c) 
Twin (RC-1).
(d) 
Twin with alley.
(e) 
Townhouse.
(f) 
Court townhouse.
(g) 
Flats or lofts.
(h) 
Live/Work (RC-1).
(2) 
Civic uses in RC-1, RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4 Districts, including, unless specifically noted otherwise:
(a) 
Civic green, square (RC-1 and RC-3).
(b) 
Day-care establishments for children and adults.
(c) 
Parks and recreation facilities, including but not limited to tot lots, public playgrounds, conservation areas, tennis, basketball, football, soccer, hockey and ice skating (RC-1 and RC-3).
(d) 
Public and private elementary, middle and high schools subject to the requirements of the minimum lot sizes as established by the New Jersey State Department of Education for school facilities (RC-3).
(e) 
Civic buildings, including but not limited to post office, community center, fire emergency and police station facilities.
(f) 
Public libraries and museums (RC-1).
(3) 
Nonresidential uses in RC-1, RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4 Districts, including, unless specifically noted otherwise:
(a) 
Anchor or magnet stores, shopping centers, supermarkets, wholesale clubs, lumber, hardware and garden centers, (RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4).
(b) 
Amusement, recreation and leisure uses not otherwise prohibited (RC-3).
(c) 
Art galleries (RC-1 and RC-3).
(d) 
Bakeries, confectioners (RC-1 and RC-3).
(e) 
Bed-and-breakfasts and inns (RC-1).
(f) 
Business and household service uses, including repair shops for business equipment, appliances and the shops of tradesmen such as plumbers and electricians (RC-1, RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4).
(g) 
Delicatessen/Carry-out (RC-1 and RC-3).
(h) 
Dinner theaters (RC-1 and RC-3).
(i) 
Farm and open-air markets (RC-1 and RC-3).
(j) 
Funeral homes and mortuaries (RC-2 and RC-4).
(k) 
Greenhouses, including retail sales (RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4); florists (RC-1 and RC-3).
(l) 
Health and fitness centers; dance and exercise studios (RC-1 and RC-3).
(m) 
Hotels, extended-stay conference centers (RC-3).
(n) 
Light manufacturing and assembly operations which do not have characteristics which are noxious, injurious, offensive or hazardous to the health, safety or general welfare of the public (RC-2 and RC-4).
(o) 
Mechanical car washes (RC-2 and RC-4).
(p) 
Medical and dental clinics (RC-1 and RC-3).
(q) 
Mixed use with residential (RC-1).
(r) 
Mixed use without residential (RC-1 and RC-3).
(s) 
Offices for administrative, executive, professional, business sales, government offices and similar uses, the normal attributes of which do not involve the storage, exchange or delivery of merchandise to the general public.
(t) 
Office of banks and savings and loan associations not having drive-through facilities for the transaction of business from motor vehicles.
(u) 
Office of banks and savings and loan associations having drive-through facilities for the transaction of business from motor vehicles (RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4).
(v) 
Office furniture and supplies, auto and rental equipment (RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4).
(w) 
Outpatient medical, rehabilitation or dental facilities.
(x) 
Personal service businesses, including hair salons, tanning salons, nail salons, dry-cleaning outlets, dressmaking or tailor shops, shoe repair shops and related uses except for tattoo studios and body piercing establishments.
(y) 
Public transportation stations and shelters.
(z) 
Recreational and sport facilities, indoor, commercial (RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4).
(aa) 
Rental halls for meetings and social occasions (RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4).
(bb) 
Repair and maintenance of equipment and machines normally utilized in any of the uses permitted in this district.
(cc) 
Restaurants, full-service or fast-food freestanding, no drive-through (RC-3).
(dd) 
Restaurants, full-service or fast-food freestanding or in multitenant buildings, with drive-through or drive-through only (RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4).
(ee) 
Restaurants, full-service or fast-food in multitenant building, no drive through.
(ff) 
Retail sales and services, including newspapers, gifts, novelties, tobacco products, drugs, food, clothing, spirits, confections, florist items, books and specialty merchandise, automotive supplies and services (exclusive of service stations and repair garages), including convenience stores.
(gg) 
Research, experimental or testing laboratories.
(hh) 
Sidewalk cafes (RC-1 and RC-3).
(ii) 
Taverns and nightclubs serving legal beverages (RC-1 and RC-3).
(jj) 
Theaters for motion pictures and live performances (RC-3).
(kk) 
Veterinarian offices and animal hospitals.
(ll) 
Warehouse and distribution of goods and products, provided that no goods are sold at retail from the premises (RC-2 and RC-4).
B. 
Accessory uses. Customary accessory uses and accessory buildings incidental to the above permitted principal uses (in the RC-1, RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4 Districts, unless otherwise indicated), including:
(1) 
Flagpoles; clock towers.
(2) 
Home occupations and home professional offices.
(3) 
Kiosks and street vending carts.
(4) 
Parking structures.
(5) 
Temporary buildings or yards for construction materials or equipment, both incidental and necessary to construction in the immediate area.
(6) 
Temporary construction trailers.
(7) 
Temporary offices or model homes, both incidental and necessary for the sale or rental of real property in the immediate area.
(8) 
Tool sheds and noncommercial greenhouses.
(9) 
Surface parking lots.
(10) 
Swimming pools on individual lots.
(11) 
Walls and fences.
(12) 
Outdoor/Sidewalk sales and display in accordance with the conditions of this Part 2.
C. 
Conditional uses. Conditional uses, including:
(1) 
Automobile dealerships for new cars and trucks (RC-2 and RC-4).
(2) 
Churches or other places of worship.
(3) 
Congregate care.
(4) 
Golf courses, including clubhouses with restaurants, catering facilities, and retail shops related to the golf course and associated recreational facilities, including, but not limited to, swimming pools and tennis courts.
(5) 
Independent living units for occupancy by residents of age 55 or over, including community centers and community gardens.
(6) 
Nursing homes.
(7) 
Public and commercial garages (RC-2 and RC-4).
(8) 
Service stations and repair garages (RC-2, RC-3 and RC-4).
(9) 
Utility facilities, including telephone, water, sewer, electricity and gas.
(10) 
Wireless telecommunications towers and antennas located entirely within an existing building or on the roof or side of a building or attached to an existing structure.

§ 203-128. Land uses in Auburn Road Village Center.

The following uses are permitted in the Auburn Road Village Center subject to the applicable development standards requirements as set forth in the accompanying Regulating Plan incorporated herein by reference:
A. 
Permitted uses.
(1) 
Residential uses, including:
(a) 
Single-family detached.
(b) 
Single-family detached with alley.
(c) 
Twin.
(d) 
Twin with alley.
(e) 
Townhouse.
(2) 
Civic uses, including:
(a) 
Civic green, plaza and squares.
(b) 
Day-care establishments for children and adults.
(c) 
Parks and recreation facilities, including but not limited to tot lots, public playgrounds, conservation areas, tennis, basketball, football, soccer, hockey and ice skating.
(d) 
Civic buildings, including but not limited to post office, community center, fire emergency and police station facilities.
(3) 
Nonresidential uses, including:
(a) 
Art galleries.
(b) 
Bakeries, confectioners.
(c) 
Bed-and-breakfasts and inns.
(d) 
Business and household service uses, including repair shops for business equipment, appliances and the shops of tradesmen such as plumbers and electricians.
(e) 
Delicatessen/Carry-out.
(f) 
Farm and open-air markets.
(g) 
Medical and dental clinics.
(h) 
Mixed use with residential.
(i) 
Mixed use without residential.
(j) 
Offices for administrative, executive, professional, business sales, government offices and similar uses, the normal attributes of which do not involve the storage, exchange or delivery of merchandise to the general public.
(k) 
Office of banks and savings and loan associations not having drive-through facilities for the transaction of business from motor vehicles.
(l) 
Office of banks and savings and loan associations having drive-through facilities for the transaction of business from motor vehicles.
(m) 
Outpatient medical, rehabilitation or dental facilities.
(n) 
Personal service businesses, including hair salons, tanning salons, nail salons, dry-cleaning outlets, dressmaking or tailor shops, shoe repair shops and related uses except for tattoo studios and body piercing establishments.
(o) 
Public transportation and shelters.
(p) 
Restaurants, full-service or fast-food freestanding, no drive-through.
(q) 
Restaurants, full-service or fast-food freestanding or in multitenant buildings, with drive-through or drive-through only.
(r) 
Restaurants, full-service or fast-food in multitenant building, no drive-through.
(s) 
Retail sales and services, including newspapers, gifts, novelties, tobacco products, drugs, food, clothing, spirits, confections, florist items, books and specially merchandise, including convenience stores.
(t) 
Sidewalk cafes.
B. 
Accessory uses. Customary accessory uses and accessory buildings incidental to the above permitted principal uses (unless otherwise indicated), including:
(1) 
Flagpoles; clock towers.
(2) 
Home occupations and home professional offices.
(3) 
Kiosks and street vending carts.
(4) 
Parking structures.
(5) 
Temporary buildings or yards for construction materials or equipment, both incidental and necessary to construction in the immediate area.
(6) 
Temporary construction trailers.
(7) 
Temporary offices or model homes, both incidental and necessary for the sale or rental of real property in the immediate area.
(8) 
Tool sheds and noncommercial greenhouses.
(9) 
Surface parking lots.
(10) 
Swimming pools on individual lots.
(11) 
Walls and fences.
C. 
Conditional uses. Conditional uses, including:
(1) 
Utility facilities, including telephone, water, sewer, electricity and gas.
(2) 
Wireless telecommunications towers and antennas located entirely within an existing building or on the roof or side of a building or attached to an existing structure.

Article XVI. Definitions

§ 203-129. Terms defined.

Unless otherwise stated, the following words shall, for the purposes of this Part 2, have the meaning herein indicated. Any word used in this Part 2 which is not defined herein and which is defined in other articles of the Township's Subdivision and Land Development Ordinance[1] shall, for the purpose of this Part 2, have the meaning defined herein.
ALLEE
Regularly spaced and aligned row of trees usually planted along a street or pedestrian path.
203 Image 9.tif
Allee
ARBOR
An open framework structure that forms a shelter, gateway framework or bower. Its primary purpose is to be a semi-architectural place for climbing plants to grow, while providing shaded seating, directional form to frame a view or to create a private out-of-doors area. An arbor can be arched or square-topped. It differs from a gazebo in that its roof area is open to the elements, while a gazebo traditionally has a solid roof that protects those seated beneath it from the elements.
203 Image 10.tif
Arbor
ARTISANAL WORKSHOP
Shops of special trade, including the manufacturing, compounding, assembly, processing, packaging or similar treatment of such products as baked goods, candy, ceramics, pottery, china, weaving and other textile arts, painting, cooperage, woodworking, and other artistic endeavors and similar trades. Retail sales of products made on the premises are encouraged.
AWNING
An ancillary lightweight structure usually of canvas, cantilevered from a facade providing shade to the fenestration and spatial containment to the pedestrian. Awnings, to be an effective adjunct to a shop front, must thoroughly overlap the sidewalk and should be no higher than 10 feet at the front edge of the sidewalk.
BALCONY
A platform that projects from the wall of a building and is surrounded by a railing or balustrade.
BIOSWALE
Landscape element designed to remove silt and pollution from surface runoff water. It consists of a swaled drainage course with gently sloped sides and filled with vegetation, compost and/or riprap. The water's flow path, along with the wide and shallow ditch, are designed to maximize the time water spends in the swale, which aids in the trapping of pollutants and silt.
203 Image 11.tif
Bioswale
BLOCK
The aggregate of private lots, passages, rear lanes and alleys, circumscribed by public streets.
BREEZEWAY
A covered passage one story in height connecting a main structure and an accessory building.
BUILDING HEIGHT
The height of a building or portion of a building shall be measured from the average established grade at the street lot line or from the average natural ground level, if higher, or, if no street grade had been established, to the deck line of mansard roofs; and the cornice or eaves line for hip and gable roofs. In measuring the height of a building, the following structures shall be excluded: chimneys, cooling towers, elevator bulkheads, penthouses, tanks, water towers, radio and television towers, ornamental cupolas, domes, or spires, and parapet walls not exceeding four feet in height.
BUS RAPID TRANSIT (BRT)
A mode of public transportation that combines the quality of rail transit and the flexibility of buses. It can operate on exclusive transitways, high-occupancy-vehicle (HOV) lanes, expressways or ordinary streets. A BRT system combines intelligent transportation systems technology, priority for transit, rapid and convenient fare collection and integration with land use policy in order to substantially upgrade bus system performance.
203 Image 12.tif
Bus Rapid Transit (BRT)
BUS STOP SHELTER/TRANSIT SHELTER
A freestanding structure, located on a bus transit route, which is designed to accommodate embarking and disembarking bus transit passengers.
CIVIC
The term defining not-for-profit organizations dedicated to arts, culture, education, recreation, government, transit, and municipal parking.
CIVIC BUILDING
A building designed specifically for a civic function.
CIVIC GREEN OR PLAZA OR SQUARE
Public spaces located within the Township and its neighborhoods A plaza or square may contain a civic building or space located within a primarily unpaved, formally configured, small public lawn or park. Portions may be linear in shape. Both types should be surrounded by canopy street trees. Situated at prominent locations and often dedicated to important events and/or citizens, plazas and squares may contain water features, an amphitheater, farmers' markets and in some instances play equipment and courts, but shall not include ball fields.
CIVIC SPACE
An outdoor area dedicated for public use. Civic space types are defined by the combination of certain physical constraints, including the relationship between their intended use, their size, their landscaping and the building(s) defining the space.
COLONNADE
A roof or building structure, extending over the sidewalk, open to the street and sidewalk except for supporting columns or piers.
COMMUNITY GARDEN
A parcel of land used for the growing of vegetables, flowers, etc. used for human consumption but not for commercial sales. The garden area shall include but not be limited to a greenhouse, an accessory storage building, benches, a watering system and fencing.
CORNICE
The topmost element composed of moldings for an entablature in formal architecture orders or used alone at the roofline or ceilings.
203 Image 13.tif
Cornice
COURT
An open, unoccupied space bounded on more than two sides by the walls of the building. An inner court is a court entirely surrounded by the exterior walls of a building. An outer court has one side open to a street, alley, yard, or other permanently open space.
COURT TOWNHOUSE
A side-by-side attached group of single-family units having a minimum of three units per building. Entrances to a unit shall be from a paved courtyard area located in front of the unit. Front-loaded garages shall be provided with no alleys. The courtyard area shall include some landscaping and be constructed with one or combination of pavement materials, including, but not limited to, decorative paving.
DECORATIVE PAVING
Paving that is made up of solid, precise, modular units, stamped concrete, seeded concrete, colored concrete or any combination of the above.
DOG PARK
An enclosed outdoor area intended for the exercising and/or containment of dogs and similar animals.
DORMER
A projecting vertical structure on the slope of a roof, which provides light and headroom to the interior space.
203 Image 14.tif
Dormer
EAVE
The junction of a wall of a building and an overhanging roof. In order to encourage pitched roofs, the designated maximum building height may be measured to the eave, not to the top of the roof.
ENTABLATURE
Originally was an elaborated beam supported by columns. It now generally refers to an elaborated horizontal band along the exterior of a building. Used primarily just beneath the roofline; sometimes used on the facade between floors.
FACADE
A building face or wall.
FASCIA
A projecting flat horizontal member or molding, also part of a classical entablature.
203 Image 15.tif
Fascia
FENESTRATION
Window and other openings on a building facade.
FLATS or LOFTS
A building or portion thereof designed for occupancy by three or more families living independently in which they share common entrances and other spaces and individual units may be owned as condominiums or offered for rent.
FLOOR-AREA-RATIO (FAR)
The sum of the area of all the floors of buildings or structures compared to the total area of the site.
FRIEZE
Used as one of the ornamentation elements of particular Greek and then Roman design. Applied to the top of a horizontal segment of a mantelpiece, which assumes temple format with side supports serving as pilasters.
FRONT YARD FENCE
The wood picket, wrought iron or masonry fence required along the street frontage of all private lots and along common lot lines to no more than 10 feet back from the street right-of-way line.
GABLE
The part of the end wall of a building between the eaves and a pitched or gambrel roof. The gable orientation shows the vertical triangular plane rather than the slope side of the roof. A gable facing towards a frontage individualizes a building more strongly than its alignment parallel to a frontage.
203 Image 16.tif
Gable
GARDEN CENTER
An establishment for retail sales of live plant material, fertilizers, pesticides, landscape materials, plant containers, seasonal sales of flowers, produce and holiday items, including Christmas trees, both live and artificial, lawn ornaments, garden furniture and similar material.
GREENWAY
An open space corridor in largely natural conditions which may include trails for bicycles and pedestrians.
203 Image 17.tif
Greenway/Passive Park
LANDSCAPE BUFFER
A combination of physical space and vertical elements such as plants, berms, fences, or walls, the purpose of which is to separate and screen incompatible land uses from each other.
LANDSCAPED OPEN AREA or LANDSCAPED AREA
Any combination of living plants (such as grass, ground cover, shrubs, vines, hedges, or trees) and nonliving landscape material (such as rocks, pebbles, sand, mulch, walls, fences or decorative paving materials).
LINTEL
The topmost horizontal member over an opening, which helps carry the weight of the vertical structure above it.
203 Image 18.tif
Lintel
LIVE/WORK
A dwelling unit that contains, to a limited extent, a commercial component. A live/work unit is a fee-simple unit on its own lot, with the commercial component limited to the ground level.
LIVING AREA
That portion of the dwelling unit utilized for living purposes within the exterior walls of the structure and does not include porches, breezeways, garages, carports, bay windows and decks.
MASSING
The three-dimensional bulk of a structure: height, width and depth.
PARAPET
A low wall encircling the perimeter of a flat building roof, generally used to screen roof-mounted mechanical equipment.
203 Image 19.tif
Parapet
PARK
Any public or private land available for recreational, educational, cultural, or aesthetic use. A park includes the following types:
A. 
Adult park: A park that is typically developed with active recreational facilities such as field games, court games, picnicking and space for quiet/passive activities.
B. 
Children's park: A park that is primarily oriented to children, that includes tot lots, play areas, picnic tables and other recreational facilities.
C. 
Passive park: A park featuring passive recreation pursuits, such as interpretive programs and trail systems that take advantage of geological, biological, or scenic resources, located within the park not including recreational facilities.
PARK-AND-RIDE
A parking lot designed for drivers to leave their cars and use mass transit facilities beginning, terminating, or stopping within immediate walking distance of the park-and-ride facility.
PEDIMENT
A crowning triangular element at the face of a roof or above a door opening.
PERGOLA
Similar to arbors, which include an open framework structure that forms a shelter. However, pergolas are commonly used to provide directional form over walkways or to create a private outdoor seating or patio area.
PILASTER
A thin segment of a square column attached on a wall, which matches in details accompanying freestanding columns or on corners of buildings.
PLANTER
The element of the public streetscape which accommodates street trees. Planters may be continuous or individual.
PORCH
A covered but unenclosed projection from the main wall of a building that may or may not use columns or other ground supports for structural purposes.
PORTE COCHERE
A covered roof extending off the building facade which allows a vehicle to park under and passengers to access the house via a side stair.
203 Image 20.tif
Porte Cochere
PORTICO
An open-sided structure attached to a building sheltering an entrance or serving as a semienclosed space.
203 Image 21.tif
Portico
PRIVACY FENCE
Fences and hedges along alleys and common lot lines (behind the front wall of the building), which may be as high as eight feet above the adjacent ground. A wire fence (with wooden framework) shall have a hardy species of hedge or climbing vine planted along it.
PUBLIC SPACE
Property (streets, alleys, civic greens and parks) within the public domain and physically within a town or neighborhood within which citizens may exercise their rights. At its most ideal level, public space and public buildings can be characterized as being of, for, and by the people.
RAIN GARDEN
A planted depression that is designed to take as much as possible of the excess rainwater run-off from a house or other building and its associated landscape. The plants, a selection of wetland-edged vegetation, such as sedges, rushes, ferns, shrubs and trees, absorb the excess water and then, through the process of transpiration, return water vapor into the atmosphere.
203 Image 22.tif
Rain Garden
REAR ALLEY
A vehicular street or driveway located to the rear of lots providing access to service areas and parking, and containing utility easements. Alleys should be paved from building face to building face, with drainage by inverted crown at the center or with curbs at the edges.
REGULATING PLAN
The "master plan" for the Woolwich Regional Center and the Auburn Road Village that provides specific information for the disposition of each property or lot. The Regulating Plan specifies the building placement standard for each lot and shows how each building contributes to the larger Center, neighborhood and village and shows the arrangement of the public space in relation to private space.
SOLAR SCREEN
A device attached to a building to provide shading for glazed areas thereof.
203 Image 23.tif
Solar Screen
STOOP
A ground-floor entry platform at the front and/or street side of a building. Stoops, where required, may be roofed but they shall not be enclosed.
203 Image 26.tif
Stoop
A. 
Includes all public space (streets, civic greens, and parks), but not alleys.
B. 
Refers to the lot line that coincides with the greater street right-of-way and generally the shorter lot dimensions.
C. 
The street of the lesser right-of-way, generally with the longer lot line along it.
STREETSCAPE
The design element that establishes the major part of the public realm. The streetscape is composed of streets (travel lanes for vehicles and bicycles, parking lanes for cars, and sidewalks or paths for pedestrians) as well as the visible private frontages (building facades and elevations, porches, yards, fences, awnings, etc.), and the amenities of the public frontages (street trees and plantings, benches, streetlights, etc.).
203 Image 24.tif
Streetscape
STREET SCREEN
A freestanding wall built along the frontage line, or coplanar with the facade, often for the purpose of masking a parking lot from the street. Street screens should be between 3 1/2 and eight feet in height and constructed of a material matching the adjacent building facade. The street screen may be a hedge or fence. Street screens shall have openings no larger than are necessary to allow automobile and pedestrian access. In addition, all street screens over four feet high should be thirty-percent permeable or articulated to avoid blank walls.
203 Image 25.tif
Street Screen
SUBURBAN SPRAWL
The name given to development designed according to segregated use zoning standards, and auto-dependent criteria concerning access and parking. The resultant development provides for a low-density landscape of independently designed uses connected by a system of hierarchical streets, which do not provide through access. A majority of the land in this model is relegated to street and parking surfaces, and although the building density and population may be low, the amount of usable open space is minimal to none, and traffic congestion is common.
203 Image 27.tif
Suburban Sprawl
SUSTAINABLE
Having the ability to accommodate and maintain population growth and economic expansion through intelligent design.
TEXTURE
The exterior finish of a surface, ranging from smooth to coarse.
TOWNHOUSE
A one-family dwelling unit, with a private entrance, attached horizontally in a linear arrangement, being located on a separate lot, and being separated from an adjoining dwelling unit by an approved wall extending from the foundation through the roof and structurally independent of the corresponding wall of the adjoining unit and having a totally exposed front and rear wall to be used for access, light and ventilation.
A. 
Neo-traditional neighborhoods Incorporate design principles that produce compact, mixed-use, pedestrian-scaled communities. The following conventions are generally employed in the design of traditional neighborhoods.
(1) 
The neighborhood is limited in area to that which can be traversed in a ten- to fifteen-minute walk.
(2) 
Residences, shops, workplaces, and civic buildings are located in close proximity.
(3) 
A well-defined and detailed system of interconnected streets serves the needs of the pedestrian and the car equally, providing multiple routes to all parts of the neighborhood.
(4) 
Physically defined open spaces in the form of plazas, squares, and parks, in addition to finely detailed public streets, provide places for formal and informal social activity and recreation.
(5) 
Private buildings form a clear edge, delineating the private from the public realm.
(6) 
Civic buildings reinforce the identity of the neighborhood, providing places of assembly for social, cultural, and religious activities.
B. 
Traditional neighborhoods pursue certain objectives through their design:
(1) 
Independence of movement for the elderly and young by bringing many activities of daily living within walking distance.
(2) 
Reduced traffic congestion and road construction costs by reducing the number and length of car trips.
(3) 
Use or preparation for future use of alternative forms of transportation by organizing appropriate building densities.
(4) 
Improved security of public spaces organized to stimulate informal surveillance by residents and business operators.
(5) 
Enhanced sense of community and improved security through provision of a range of housing types and workplaces in proximity to one another.
(6) 
Accessible places for public assembly and civic engagement by identification of suitable sites for civic buildings.
TRANSOM
A horizontal window above a door or window, usually rectangular in shape.
203 Image 28.tif
Transom
TRELLIS
Lightweight elements used for controlling the shape or to support climbing and other plants. In most instances, it is usually constructed on a flat plane, in a two-dimensional way, unlike an arbor, which is frequently a three-dimensional structure.
203 Image 29.tif
Trellis
TWIN
A one-family dwelling unit, with a private entrance, attached horizontally in a linear arrangement to one other dwelling unit, each located on a separate lot, and being separated from each other by an approved wall extending from the foundation through the roof and structurally independent of the corresponding wall of the adjoining unit and having a totally exposed front and rear wall to be used for access, light and ventilation.
VERNACULAR
A regional adaptation of an architectural style or styles; usage has intrinsically resolved the architectural response to climate, construction technique, and, to some extent, social mores.
[1]
Editor's Note: See Ch. 163, Subdivision of Land.

Article XVII. Woolwich Newton District (RC-1)

§ 203-130. Townhouse units.

A. 
Goal: to provide a mixture of unit sizes to address the needs and desires of those at various stages of life who wish to live in densities associated with townhouse living.
B. 
Definition: a one-family dwelling unit, with a private entrance, attached horizontally in a linear arrangement, being located on a separate lot, and being separated from an adjoining dwelling unit by an approved wall extending from the foundation through the roof and structurally independent of the corresponding wall of the adjoining unit and having a totally exposed front and rear wall to be used for access, light and ventilation.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 30.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the townhouse unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 31.tif
(a) 
Bay windows work to provide street rhythm and to break down the horizontal scale.
(b) 
Small private front yard planting softens street environment.
(c) 
Windows on side facade enliven corner buildings.
(d) 
Stoop provides public/private transition.
(e) 
Front door accentuated in scale.
(f) 
Durable materials stand up to the test of time.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 32.tif
(a) 
On a case-by-case basis townhouses may be arranged in a courtyard configuration with front doors and garages facing a landscaped parking/multipurpose court.
(b) 
Modern can coexist with traditional as long as well-established rules of rhythm, scale and material choice are respected.
(c) 
Low garden walls define courtyard edges.
(d) 
High-quality landscaping and surface materials such as pavers are required in courtyards.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 33.tif
(a) 
Slight variations in dormer design reduces monotony in otherwise identical units.
(b) 
Low front yard garden walls provide appropriate public/private transition.
(c) 
Large mansard roof elements accentuates horizontal break to respect human scale at sidewalk level.
(d) 
Generous windows on front facade provide internal light while animating street and promoting safety.
(e) 
Roof gardens and decks provide necessary outdoor private space.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 34.tif
(a) 
Vertical and horizontal architectural offsets and material changes reinforce human scale at street level.
(b) 
Windows turning corner of building acknowledge special location at street intersection.
(c) 
Solar screens provided reduce unit energy loads and provide horizontal break.
(d) 
Variations in window dimensions provide interest to the street and address scale and rhythm issues.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 35.tif
(1) 
Zoning acreage: 74.32 acres.
(2) 
Maximum numbers of units: 1,000 dwelling units.
(3) 
Minimum number of units: 800 dwelling units.
(4) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(5) 
This zone is found in each of the residential neighborhoods.
(6) 
Townhouses are encouraged to provide architectural edges to open space.
(7) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(8) 
No front yard parking.
(9) 
All vehicle access via alleys.
(10) 
On-street parking.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 36.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,150'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
(b) 
On-street parking provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[1] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 37.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
No more than eight units built in a row.
[2] 
Provide common mid-block crossing through building to rear alley if eight units are built.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
1,500 SF
2,625 SF
Lot width
20'
30'
Corner lot
20'
35'
Lot depth
75'
Building coverage
60%
Impervious coverage
80%
Front yard setback
5'
15'
Side yard setback
0'
15'
Rear yard setback
20'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
2.5
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Front yard hedge height: maximum of three feet.
(b) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(c) 
Foundation plantings.
(d) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(e) 
Parking planting.
(f) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(g) 
Pergolas.
(h) 
Trellises.
(i) 
Arbors.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 38.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Balconies/Balconettes.
[8] 
Decorative cornices.
[9] 
First-floor colonnade.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Usable open or covered stoops.
[12] 
Porticos.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
2'
5'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
1'
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
2'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Rear-loaded attached garage with windows and storage space.
(b) 
Individual garage doors.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
(b) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(c) 
Pools are not permitted.
(d) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
(e) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 39.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, stucco or similar material.
[2] 
Synthetic trim board.
[3] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[4] 
Roof types shall be flat, gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[5] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[6] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[7] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Stoop
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. A front door required on a public street.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 45 feet.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades: 20%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks: two-foot building offsets every 60 feet minimum.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Material changes, horizontal banding, window lines and pediments are required.
(b) 
A minimum of one break is required.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat, gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped and salt box are permitted.
(b) 
A minimum two-foot offset is required every 60 feet for multiple units.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Cedar wood.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Stoops are required.
(b) 
Balconies are encouraged.
(c) 
Rear decks are required, with a minimum area of 160 square feet.
(10) 
Accessory structures: none.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Front of building set back from sidewalk.
(2) 
Front doors on public street.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
Front of building (i.e., yards) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(3) 
Front stoops are encouraged as public space transition.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Pergolas, trellises and arbors are permitted.
(2) 
Pools are not permitted.
(3) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
N. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Walls, fences, and hedges in front yards are prohibited.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet.
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yard: six feet.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Custom mailboxes.
(2) 
Foundation plantings required.
(3) 
On-lot sidewalks.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement driveways are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alley only.
(3) 
No parking in front yard.

§ 203-131. Twin units.

A. 
Goal: to provide a mixture of unit sizes to address the needs and desires of those at various stages of life who wish to live in densities associated with twin living.
B. 
Definition: a one-family dwelling unit, with a private entrance, attached horizontally in a linear arrangement to one other dwelling unit, each located on a separate lot, and being separated from each other by an approved wall extending from the foundation through the roof and structurally independent of the corresponding wall of the adjoining unit and having a totally exposed front and rear wall to be used for access, light and ventilation.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 40.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the twin unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 41.tif
(a) 
Front porches provide entry features and a sitting area to converse and interact with passers-by.
(b) 
Roof offsets combined with porches help to provide appropriate scale and rhythm.
(c) 
Small front yards provide adequate privacy.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 42.tif
(a) 
Modern can coexist with traditional as long as well-established rules of rhythm, scale and material choice are respected.
(b) 
Generous window dimensions animate the facade and help provide appropriate vertical and horizontal scale and rhythm.
(c) 
Two-foot vertical offsets conform to rules of vertical offsets.
(d) 
Garden wall and front garden serve as public/private transition.
(e) 
Material change provides vertical breaks.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 43.tif
(a) 
When appropriately scaled, twins can serve as transition units between townhouses and single-family detached units.
(b) 
Twins need not be identical.
(c) 
First- and second-floor porches and terraces provide necessary “eyes” on the street and private outdoor space.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 44.tif
(a) 
Simple architecture following basic rules can be attractive.
(b) 
Wraparound porch can add unique architectural element.
(c) 
Low front yard fence provides appropriate public/private transition.
(d) 
Water table element provides horizontal offset.
E. 
Twin.
(1) 
Size and scope.
203 Image 45.tif
(a) 
Zoning acreage: 117.2 acres.
(b) 
Maximum number of units: 1,000 dwelling units.
(c) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(d) 
Twins are found in less dense areas of neighborhoods acting as a transition between flats/townhouses and single-family detached units.
(e) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(f) 
No front yard parking.
(g) 
Vehicle access via alley.
(h) 
On-street parking.
(2) 
Blocks.
203 Image 46.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[b] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[c] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,160'
1,850'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
6'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
[1] 
Off-street parking provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
[2] 
On-street parking provided through parallel stalls.
[3] 
Porous pavement.
[4] 
Belgian block curbing.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[a] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[b] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
[2] 
Planting buffers.
[3] 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
[4] 
Custom mailboxes.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
Porous pavement and rain gardens encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
[2] 
Deciduous street trees encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
[3] 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
(3) 
Site.
203 Image 47.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Required break at party wall with adjacent twin.
[b] 
Vertical blocks with window treatment encouraged: bays, projections or recesses.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
3,000 SF
6,250 SF
Lot width
40'
Corner lot
40'
Lot depth
75'
125'
Building coverage
60%
Impervious coverage
80%
Front yard setback
15'
30'
Side yard setback
10'
15'
Rear yard setback
20'
Accessory structure setbacks
Rear and side yards
2'
5'
Principal building
10'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
1.5
2.5
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
[1] 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Front yard fence height: maximum of three feet.
[2] 
Front yard hedge height: maximum of three feet.
[3] 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
[4] 
Foundation plantings.
[5] 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
[6] 
Parking planting.
[7] 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
[8] 
Pergolas.
[9] 
Trellises.
[10] 
Arbors.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
Long-life trees encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
[2] 
Xeriscape.
[3] 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species encouraged to minimize water needs.
[4] 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
(4) 
Public realm.
203 Image 48.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Dormers.
[b] 
Gables.
[c] 
Recessed entries.
[d] 
Cupolas or towers.
[e] 
Pillars or posts.
[f] 
Bay windows.
[g] 
Balconies/Balconettes.
[h] 
Decorative cornices.
[i] 
First-floor colonnade.
[j] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[k] 
Front porches.
[l] 
Usable open or covered stoops.
[m] 
Porticos.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
2'
5'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
1'
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
2'
(b) 
Parking.
[1] 
Rear-loaded garage with windows and storage space.
[2] 
Individual garage doors.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Pool and deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
[2] 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
[3] 
In-ground pools are permitted.
[4] 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
[5] 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
North-south building orientation.
[2] 
Solar screens.
[3] 
Solar panels.
[4] 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
(5) 
Private realm.
203 Image 49.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, wood and simulated clapboard or similar material.
[b] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles or similar material.
[c] 
Roof types shall be gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[d] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[e] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[f] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
16'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Front porch
8'
Stoop
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Window boxes.
[2] 
Espaliers.
[3] 
Roof decks/gardens.
[4] 
Green roofs.
[5] 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
[6] 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
[7] 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(d) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
F. 
Twin with alley.
203 Image 50.tif
(1) 
Size and scope.
(a) 
Zoning acreage: 117.2 acres.
(b) 
Maximum number of units: 1,000 dwelling units.
(c) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(d) 
Twins are found in less dense areas of neighborhoods acting as a transition between flats/townhouses and single-family detached units.
(e) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(f) 
No front yard parking.
(g) 
Vehicle access via alley.
(h) 
On-street parking.
(2) 
Blocks.
203 Image 51.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[b] 
Special architectural features.
[c] 
Public and private outdoor spaces.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,150'
1,850'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
[1] 
Off-street parking provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
[2] 
On-street parking provided through parallel stalls.
[3] 
Porous pavement.
[4] 
Belgian block curbing.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[a] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[b] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
[2] 
Planting buffers.
[3] 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
[4] 
Custom mailboxes.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
[2] 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
[3] 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
(3) 
Site.
203 Image 52.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Required break at party wall with adjacent twin.
[b] 
Vertical breaks with window treatment encouraged: bays, projections or recesses.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
3,000 SF
6,250 SF
Lot width
40'
Corner lot
40'
Lot depth
75'
125'
Building coverage
60%
Impervious coverage
80%
Front yard setback
15'
30'
Side yard setback
10'
15'
Rear yard setback
20'
Accessory structure setbacks
Rear and side yards
2'
5'
Principal building
10'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
1.5
2.5
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
[1] 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Front yard fence height: maximum of three feet.
[2] 
Front yard hedge height: maximum of three feet.
[3] 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
[4] 
Foundation plantings.
[5] 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
[6] 
Parking planting.
[7] 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
[8] 
Pergolas.
[9] 
Trellises.
[10] 
Arbors.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
Long-life trees encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
[2] 
Xeriscape.
[3] 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species encouraged to minimize water needs.
[4] 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
(4) 
Public realm.
203 Image 53.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Dormers.
[b] 
Gables.
[c] 
Recessed entries.
[d] 
Cupolas or towers.
[e] 
Pillars or posts.
[f] 
Bay windows.
[g] 
Balconies/Balconettes.
[h] 
Decorative cornices.
[i] 
First-floor colonnades.
[j] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[k] 
Front porches.
[l] 
Usable open or covered stoops.
[m] 
Porticos.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
2'
5'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
1'
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
2'
(b) 
Parking.
[1] 
Rear-loaded garage with windows and storage space.
[2] 
Individual garage doors.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Pool and deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
[2] 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
[3] 
In-ground pools are permitted.
[4] 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
[5] 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
North-south building orientation.
[2] 
Solar screens.
[3] 
Solar panels.
[4] 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
(5) 
Private realm.
203 Image 54.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, wood and simulated clapboard or similar material.
[b] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles or similar material.
[c] 
Roof types shall be gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[d] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[e] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[f] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Front porch
8'
Stoop
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Window boxes.
[2] 
Espaliers.
[3] 
Roof decks/gardens.
[4] 
Green roofs.
[5] 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
[6] 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
[7] 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(d) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
G. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required to be on public streets.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height: maximum building height shall be 45 feet.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades: 20%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks.
(a) 
Required offset at party wall with adjacent twin: two-foot minimum.
(b) 
Vertical breaks with window treatments, such as bays, projections and recesses, are encouraged.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Material changes, horizontal banding, window lines and pediments are required.
(b) 
A minimum of one break is required.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat, gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped and salt box are permitted.
(b) 
Required offset at party wall with adjacent twin: two-foot minimum.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Wood and simulated clapboard.
(b) 
Brick.
(c) 
Stone.
(d) 
Stucco.
(e) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Cedar wood.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Front porches are required with a minimum dimension of eight feet by 10 feet.
(b) 
Bay windows are encouraged.
(c) 
Rear decks are required, with a minimum area of 160 square feet.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Freestanding garages are permitted.
(b) 
Sheds are permitted, with a maximum floor area of 120 square feet and height of eight feet tall.
(c) 
In-ground pools are permitted.
H. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Front of building set back from sidewalk.
(2) 
Front doors on public street.
I. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All yards must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Semi-public space must be separated from public space by either a low garden wall, decorative fence, hedge or combination of the three. Fences in front yards shall have a maximum height of three feet. Fences in side and rear yards shall have a maximum height of six feet high.
(3) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(4) 
Usable open or covered stoops are encouraged as public space transitions.
J. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Pergolas, trellises and arbors are permitted.
(2) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
K. 
Edge, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Maximum edge height for front yard: three feet.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet.
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yard: six feet.
L. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Custom mailboxes.
(2) 
Foundation plantings required.
(3) 
On-lot sidewalks.
M. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement driveways are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alley or secondary street only.
(3) 
No parking in front yard.

§ 203-132. Single-family detached units.

A. 
Goal: to provide a mixture of unit sizes to address the needs and desires of those at various stages of life who wish to live in a walkable community with densities associated with single-family detached units on small individual lots.
B. 
Definition: a detached single dwelling unit on its own lot designed for or used exclusively by one family.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 55.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the single-family detached unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 56.tif
(a) 
Bays, vertical elements, window dimensions and window locations work together to break down the scale of an otherwise large house.
(b) 
Special consideration to front door design.
(c) 
Sensitive use of varied materials reduces monotony and helps provide a human scale.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 57.tif
(a) 
Porches and terraces provide necessary “eyes” on the street and private outdoor space-appropriate public/private transition.
(b) 
Durable materials stand the test of time.
(c) 
Single-family still functions very well with small front yard setbacks.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 58.tif
(a) 
Where outlined in the zoning plan, driveway access from street is permitted.
(b) 
Parking and garage locations limited to backyards only.
(c) 
Porous pavement provides stormwater benefit.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 59.tif
(a) 
Variety of architecture along street frontage provides personal identity and makes the journey for pedestrians more enjoyable.
(b) 
Small gable ends facing the street help to reduce the scale of the house mass.
(c) 
Horizontal banding helps reduce the perception of the vertical massing of the house.
E. 
Single-family detached.
(1) 
Size and scope.
203 Image 60.tif
(a) 
Zone area: 35.36 acres.
(b) 
Maximum number of residential units: 100 dwelling units.
(c) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(d) 
Single-family dwellings are the lowest density typology.
(e) 
Found as transition between the northern portion of the regional center and the adjacent residential environs.
(f) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(g) 
No driveway access on Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road.
(h) 
On-street parking on Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road.
(i) 
Vehicle access via alley or driveway to street depending on unit location plan.
(2) 
Blocks.
203 Image 61.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[b] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[c] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,150'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
[1] 
Off-street parking provided through driveways to street.
[2] 
On-street parking provided through parallel stalls.
[3] 
Porous pavement.
[4] 
Belgian block curbing.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[a] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[b] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
[2] 
Planting buffers.
[3] 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
[4] 
Custom mailboxes.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
[2] 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
[3] 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
(3) 
Site.
203 Image 62.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Vertical breaks are encouraged.
[b] 
Material change, window lines and pediments are required as horizontal breaks.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
7,000 SF
12,000 SF
Lot width
50'
110'
Corner lot
50'
110'
Lot depth
75'
125'
Building coverage
50%
Impervious coverage
60%
Front yard setback
10'
30'
Side yard setback
5'
10'
Rear yard setback
20'
Accessory structure setbacks
Rear and side yards
2'
5'
Principal building
10'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
1.5
2.5
Driveway length
40'
Driveway width
8'
12'
[1] 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
[2] 
Garages in rear yard only.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Front yard fence height: maximum of three feet.
[2] 
Front yard hedge height: maximum of three feet.
[3] 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of five feet.
[4] 
Foundation plantings.
[5] 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
[6] 
Parking planting.
[7] 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
[8] 
Pergolas.
[9] 
Trellises.
[10] 
Arbors.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
Long-life trees encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
[2] 
Xeriscape.
[3] 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species encouraged to minimize water needs.
[4] 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
(4) 
Public realm.
203 Image 63.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Dormers.
[b] 
Gables.
[c] 
Recessed entries.
[d] 
Cupolas or towers.
[e] 
Pillars or posts.
[f] 
Bay windows.
[g] 
Balconies.
[h] 
Decorative cornices.
[i] 
First-floor colonnades.
[j] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[k] 
Front porches.
[l] 
Porticos.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
3'
8'
Eave height
18'
28'
Window-to-eave offset
6"
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
16"
Window trim offset
4"
(b) 
Parking.
[1] 
Rear yard garage with windows and storage space.
[2] 
Individual garage doors.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Pool and deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
[2] 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
[3] 
In-ground pools are permitted.
[4] 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
[5] 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
North-south building orientation.
[2] 
Solar screens.
[3] 
Solar panels.
[4] 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
(5) 
Private realm.
203 Image 64.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, wood and simulated clapboard or similar material.
[b] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[c] 
Roof types shall be gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[d] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[e] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[f] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Front porch
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Window boxes.
[2] 
Espaliers.
[3] 
Roof decks/gardens.
[4] 
Green roofs.
[5] 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
[6] 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
[7] 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(d) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
F. 
Single-family detached with alley.
(1) 
Size and scope.
203 Image 65.tif
(a) 
Zone area: 35.36 acres.
(b) 
Maximum number of residential units: 100 dwelling units.
(c) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(d) 
Single-family dwellings are the lowest density typology.
(e) 
Found as transition between the northern portion of the regional center and the adjacent residential environs.
(f) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(g) 
No driveway access on Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road.
(h) 
On-street parking on Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road.
(i) 
Vehicle access via alley or driveway to street depending on unit location plan.
(2) 
Blocks.
203 Image 66.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[b] 
Special architectural features.
[c] 
Public and private outdoor spaces.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,150'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
[1] 
Off-street parking provided through driveways to street.
[2] 
On-street parking provided through parallel stalls.
[3] 
Porous pavement.
[4] 
Belgian block curbing.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[a] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[b] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
[2] 
Planting buffers.
[3] 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
[4] 
Custom mailboxes.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
[2] 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
[3] 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
(3) 
Site.
203 Image 67.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Vertical breaks are encouraged.
[b] 
Material change, window lines and pediments are required as horizontal breaks.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
7,000 SF
12,000 SF
Lot width
90'
105'
Corner lot
90'
110'
Lot depth
75'
125'
Building coverage
50%
Impervious coverage
60%
Front yard setback
10'
30'
Side yard setback
5'
10'
Rear yard setback
20'
Accessory structure setbacks
Rear and side yards
2'
5'
Principal building
10'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
1.5
2.5
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
[1] 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Front yard fence height: maximum of three feet.
[2] 
Front yard hedge height: maximum of three feet.
[3] 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of five feet.
[4] 
Foundation plantings.
[5] 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
[6] 
Parking planting.
[7] 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
[8] 
Pergolas.
[9] 
Trellises.
[10] 
Arbors.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
[2] 
Xeriscape.
[3] 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
[4] 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
(4) 
Public realm.
203 Image 68.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Dormers.
[b] 
Gables.
[c] 
Recessed entries.
[d] 
Cupolas or towers.
[e] 
Pillars or posts.
[f] 
Bay windows.
[g] 
Balconies.
[h] 
Decorative cornices.
[i] 
First-floor colonnades.
[j] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[k] 
Front porches.
[l] 
Porticos.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
3'
8'
Eave height
18'
28'
Window-to-eave offset
6"
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
16"
Window trim offset
4"
(b) 
Parking.
[1] 
Rear yard garage with windows and storage space.
[2] 
Individual garage doors.
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Pool and deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
[2] 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
[3] 
In-ground pools are permitted.
[4] 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
[5] 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(d) 
Environment.
[1] 
North-south building orientation.
[2] 
Solar screens.
[3] 
Solar panels.
[4] 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
(5) 
Private realm.
203 Image 69.tif
(a) 
Architecture and design.
[1] 
Design elements.
[a] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, wood and simulated clapboard or similar material.
[b] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[c] 
Roof types shall be gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[d] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[e] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[f] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
[2] 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Front porch
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(b) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(c) 
Edges and buffers.
[1] 
Window boxes.
[2] 
Espaliers.
[3] 
Roof decks/gardens
[4] 
Green roofs.
[5] 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
[6] 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
[7] 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(d) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
G. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required on the public street.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height: maximum building height shall be 35 feet or 2 1/2 stories.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades: 20%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks are required.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks: Use of material change, window lines and pediments is required.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped and salt box are permitted.
(b) 
Maximum length of roofline: 40 feet.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Wood and simulated clapboard.
(b) 
Brick.
(c) 
Stone.
(d) 
Stucco.
(e) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Cedar wood.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Front porches are required, with minimum dimensions of eight inches by 10 inches.
(b) 
Rear decks are required, with a minimum area of 160 square feet.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Freestanding garages are permitted.
(b) 
Sheds are permitted, with a maximum area of 120 square feet and height of eight feet tall.
(c) 
In-ground pools are permitted.
H. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Front of building set back from sidewalk.
(2) 
Larger setback for units on Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road.
(3) 
Front doors on public street.
I. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All yards must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(3) 
Front porches and walks are encouraged as public space transition.
J. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Pergolas, trellises and arbors are permitted.
(2) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
K. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Maximum edge height for front yard: three feet.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet.
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yard: six feet.
L. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Custom mailboxes.
(2) 
Foundation plantings are required.
(3) 
On-lot sidewalks.
M. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement driveways are permitted.
(2) 
No parking in front yard.

§ 203-133. Flats.

A. 
Goal: to provide a residential building type compatible in size and density along the Route 322 boulevard that encourages young and old singles, couples, families and empty nesters to be integrated into a walkable regional center without the need of an automobile.
B. 
Definition: a building or portion thereof designed for occupancy by three or more families living independently in which they share common entrances and other spaces and individual units may be owned as condominiums or offered for rent.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 70.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the flat unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 71.tif
(a) 
Prominent architectural features at key corners provide visual reference points in the town fabric.
(b) 
Terraces and balconies provide necessary outdoor space and an opportunity to modulate the scale of the architecture with vertical and horizontal breaks.
(c) 
Small private green spaces provide public/private transition.
(d) 
Cornice line serves as horizontal break.
(e) 
First floor height differentiated from upper floor heights.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 72.tif
(a) 
Large windows serve to provide scale to the building as well as interior light for units.
(b) 
Bay windows provide design interest to street facade.
(c) 
Balconies provide outdoor space for individual units while providing solar screen for lower-level windows.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 73.tif
(a) 
Flats reflect smaller family lifestyle choices.
(b) 
Large areas of units are devoted to entertaining space.
(c) 
Floor plans often emphasize the dramatic that takes advantage of town views.
(d) 
Typical loft units.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 74.tif
(a) 
Modern can coexist with traditional as long as well-established rules of scale, rhythm and materials choice are respected.
(b) 
Use of large windows and glass elements provides interest to street elevation.
(c) 
Varying roof heights reduce the monotony of large buildings.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 75.tif
(1) 
Zoning acreage: 60.49 acres.
(2) 
Maximum number of residential units: 1,000 dwelling units.
(3) 
Minimum number of residential units: 800 dwelling units.
(4) 
Commercial area: optional.
(5) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(6) 
This zone is located on either side of Route 322. High-density residential is recommended in an effort to minimize direct frontage traffic impacts on Route 322.
(7) 
Setbacks afforded by the boulevard system reinforce high-density residential viability in a parklike setting.
(8) 
Maximum building height shall be 60 feet. For buildings with facades exceeding 100 feet, a maximum average building height of 55 feet shall be permitted, measured along the affected facade.
(9) 
First-floor commercial is permitted.
(10) 
No front yard parking.
(11) 
All vehicle access via alleys or secondary streets.
(12) 
On-street parking.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 76.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
[4] 
Plazas.
[5] 
Mid-block pedestrian connections to respond to street grid.
[6] 
Bus shelters.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
300'
500'
Block perimeter
1,400'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
3
ROW width
20'
Path width
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
(b) 
On-street parking provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[1] 
Minimum: 36 inches.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 inches.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(e) 
Tree grates.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 77.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Bike racks.
[2] 
Water features/fountains.
[3] 
Decorative pedestrian lighting.
[4] 
Litter containers.
[5] 
Architectural lighting.
[6] 
Benches.
[7] 
Clock towers.
[8] 
Kiosks.
[9] 
Public art.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
20,000 SF
Lot width
100'
Corner lot
100'
Lot depth
150'
Impervious coverage
85%
Front yard setback
10'
30'
Side yard setback
10'
Rear yard setback
20'
Building separation
20'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
0.8
1.3
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(b) 
Nonresidential parking to be provided at a ratio of four spots per 1,000 square feet of nonresidential space.
(c) 
Shared parking is conditionally permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(b) 
Foundation plantings.
(c) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(d) 
Parking planting.
(e) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(f) 
Planters.
(g) 
Potted plants.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 78.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Balconies/Balconette.
[8] 
Decorative cornices.
[9] 
First-floor colonnades.
[10] 
Porte cocheres.
[11] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[12] 
Porches.
[13] 
Porticos.
[14] 
Arcades.
[15] 
Terraces.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
45'
60'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
2'
Upper front facade fenestration
30%
Lower front facade fenestration
60%
Side and rear facade fenestration
25%
Building face or roof offset
5'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Rear-loaded garage with windows and storage space.
(b) 
Individual garage doors.
(c) 
Carports.
(d) 
Structured parking.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(b) 
Pools and spas are not permitted.
(c) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 79.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be flat, mansard or a combination thereof.
[4] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side yard encroachments
Terrace
8'
Patio
8'
10'
Bay window
8'
Awning
8'
Solar screen
8'
Balcony/Balconette
2'
8'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(a) 
Structured parking shall have a maximum height of two levels.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required to be on public streets.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 60 feet. For buildings with facades exceeding 100 feet, a maximum average building height of 55 feet shall be permitted, measured along the affected facade.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on upper front facade: 30%.
(c) 
Minimum area of window opening on front retail: 60%.
(d) 
Vertically line up windows.
(e) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(f) 
Minimum area of window opening on side and rear facades: 25%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks are required every 30 feet minimum through the use of offsets, fenestration, bay windows, balconies, balconettes or material change; requires minimum one-foot offset.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Required at a minimum of one per every 24 feet of vertical height.
(b) 
May use banding, setbacks or material change.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat and mansard are permitted.
(b) 
Maximum length of roofline: 60 feet.
(c) 
Minimum offset: five feet.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Prominent front entry feature required.
(b) 
Balconies, balconettes, terraces and/or patios are required at one per unit.
(c) 
Bay windows are encouraged.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Structured parking is permitted.
(b) 
Freestanding garages are permitted.
(c) 
Carports are permitted.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Front of buildings set back from public sidewalks.
(2) 
Entry plazas and courts should be designed to welcome public use.
(3) 
Front doors or doors to common lobbies should be grand in scale and largely transparent to public space through the use of glass walls and doors.
(4) 
Canopies, awnings and overhangs are encouraged on the first floor with emphasis on the front doors.
(5) 
Screening of loading, service and trash storage areas is required.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All semi-public space (i.e., yards, courts, plazas) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses and ground cover or a combination of decorative paving and landscaping. Where appropriate, seating and lighting shall be provided.
(2) 
Semi-public space must be separated from public space by either a low garden wall, decorative fence (maximum of six feet high), hedge material or a combination of the three.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Residential storage space is required.
(2) 
Residential outdoor patio space is required.
N. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Parking lots adjacent to street edges must be screened with a four-and-half-foot-high hedge or masonry wall.
(2) 
Parking adjacent to residential uses must be screened with a minimum six-foot-high masonry wall or fence and must include a minimum three-foot-wide vegetated buffer that is a minimum of six feet high at time of planting.
(3) 
Lighting must be screened from residential uses.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Must provide at least one direct pedestrian connection to perimeter public streets per 150 feet of frontage.
(2) 
Connection must be a minimum of a ten-foot-wide path with five-foot-wide landscaped edges.
(3) 
Must provide textured pedestrian crosswalks internal to parking lots.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement and bioswales are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alley or secondary streets only.
(3) 
Maximum of one vehicle access point per secondary street frontage.

§ 203-134. Retail/Residential units.

A. 
Goal: to provide mixed-use residential buildings along Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road to develop the area as a lively commercial main street with a twenty-four-hour presence.
B. 
Definition: a building that contains dwellings located above a ground-floor commercial or retail use in a compact urban setting that may or may not share infrastructure such as parking.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 80.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the retail/residential unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 81.tif
(a) 
Lively first floor retail level is distinguished by large storefront windows, unique materials and a sixteen-foot floor plate.
(b) 
Balconettes distinguish the upper floors as residential.
(c) 
Lively sidewalk cafe.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 82.tif
(a) 
Large building offsets help to create opportunities for public and semi-public court yards.
(b) 
Solar screens provide shade to roof gardens and roof decks.
(c) 
Large windows reflect inter-loft floor plans.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 83.tif
(a) 
Vertical elements reinforce the human scale of the street.
(b) 
Arcades provide street-level shade and shelter.
(c) 
Solar screens on upper floors shade windows.
(d) 
Balconettes provide location for seasonal flower plantings in pots.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 84.tif
(a) 
Perception of large buildings can be mitigated by the skillful use of materials, color and offsets.
(b) 
Shop fronts are individualized on a twenty-five-foot to thirty-five-foot module to reinforce the human scale of the street.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 85.tif
(1) 
Zone acreage: 43.0 acres.
(2) 
Maximum number of residential flats: 500 dwelling units.
(3) 
Maximum commercial area: 280,000 square feet.
(4) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(5) 
This zone is located along Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road and represents Woolwich's local mixed-use Main Street.
(6) 
Five hundred residential flats are permitted by right above first-floor retail.
(7) 
Retail to be of a small boutique scale.
(8) 
Commercial space permitted by right on the ground floor, with sidewalk cafes, eateries and small shops encouraged.
(9) 
Buildings permitted to be a maximum of 60 feet tall or five stories, with a maximum average building height in the zone to be 55 feet or 4 1/2 stories.
(10) 
Building fronts to be built to public sidewalk edge.
(11) 
No front yard parking.
(12) 
All service and primary parking fields to be alley-loaded and located in rear yard.
(13) 
On-street parking on Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road.
(14) 
Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road chosen as commercial corridor to minimize curb cuts on Route 322 and shall be scaled to reflect a walkable Main Street.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 86.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
[4] 
Plazas.
[5] 
Mid-block pedestrian connections to respond to street grid.
[6] 
Bus shelters.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
300'
500'
Block perimeter
1,400'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
3
ROW width
20'
Path width
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
(b) 
On-street parking provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[1] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(e) 
Tree grates.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 87.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Bike racks.
[2] 
Water features/fountains.
[3] 
Decorative pedestrian lighting.
[4] 
Litter containers.
[5] 
Architectural lighting.
[6] 
Benches.
[7] 
Clock towers.
[8] 
Kiosks
[9] 
Public art.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
20,000 SF
Lot width
100'
Corner lot
100'
Lot depth
150'
Impervious coverage
90%
Front yard setback
10'
30'
Side yard setback
10'
Rear yard setback
20'
Building separation
20'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
0.8
1.3
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(b) 
Nonresidential parking to be provided at a ratio of four spots per 1,000 square feet.
(c) 
Shared parking conditionally permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(b) 
Foundation plantings.
(c) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(d) 
Parking planting.
(e) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(f) 
Planters.
(g) 
Potted plants.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 88.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Balconies/Balconettes.
[8] 
Decorative cornices.
[9] 
First-floor colonnades.
[10] 
Porte cocheres.
[11] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[12] 
Porches.
[13] 
Porticos
[14] 
Arcades.
[15] 
Terraces.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
45'
60'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
6"
Upper front facade fenestration
30%
Lower front facade fenestration
20%
Side and rear facade fenestration
25%
Building face or roof offset
5'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Rear-loaded garage with windows and storage space.
(b) 
Individual garage doors.
(c) 
Carports.
(d) 
Structured parking.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(b) 
Pools and spas are not permitted.
(c) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 89.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be flat, mansard or combinations thereof.
[4] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
15'
20'
Roof pitch
9/12
Yard encroachments
Terrace
8'
Patio
8'
10'
Bay window
8'
Awning
8'
Solar screen
8'
Balcony/Balconette
8'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(a) 
Structured parking shall have a maximum height of two levels.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors to upper floor use are permitted or secondary facade.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(d) 
Buildings should be built to the sidewalk, public square or plaza edge.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 60 feet. For buildings with facades exceeding 100 feet, a maximum average building height of 55 feet shall be permitted, measured along the affected facade.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on all facades, upper floors: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows opening on first-floor retail public facades: 70%.
(f) 
Retail windows must remain unobstructed on interior spaces.
(4) 
Vertical breaks.
(a) 
Required a minimum of every 30 feet through use of offsets, fenestration, bay windows, balconies, balconettes or material change.
(b) 
Maximum length of storefront: 60 feet.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Required at a minimum of one per every 24 feet of vertical height.
(b) 
May use banding, setbacks or material change.
(c) 
First-floor retail shall have a minimum clear height of 16 feet.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat and mansard are permitted.
(b) 
Maximum length of roofline: 60 feet.
(c) 
Minimum offset: five feet.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Metal panels (accent).
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Storefronts are encouraged to have awnings.
(b) 
Storefronts must provide sign plate area.
(c) 
Pop-out cafe windows are permitted.
(d) 
Storefronts are encouraged to be open and inviting to the public.
(e) 
Balconies, balconettes, terraces and/or patios are required at one per dwelling unit.
(f) 
Bay windows are encouraged.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Structured parking is permitted.
(b) 
Freestanding garages are permitted.
(c) 
Carports are permitted.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Front of buildings built to public sidewalk.
(2) 
Street furniture and amenities are encouraged.
(3) 
Entry plazas and courts should be designed to welcome public use.
(4) 
Large storefront windows are required on the first floor. Windows may be framed in wood.
(5) 
First-floor retail.
(6) 
Screening of loading, service and trash storage areas is required.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All semi-public space (i.e., yards, courts, plazas) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs and ground cover or a combination of decorative paving and landscaping. Where appropriate, seating and lighting shall be provided.
(2) 
Semi-public space must be separated from public space by either a low garden wall, decorative fence (maximum of six feet high), hedge material or a combination of the three.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Residential storage space is required.
(2) 
Residential outdoor patio space is required.
N. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Parking lots adjacent to street edges must be screened with a four-and-a-half-foot high hedge or masonry wall.
(2) 
Parking adjacent to residential uses must be screened with a minimum six-foot-high masonry wall or fence and must include a three-foot-wide vegetated buffer a minimum of six feet high at time of planting.
(3) 
Lighting must be screened from residential uses.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Must provide at least one direct pedestrian connection between the parking and main street commercial per 150 feet of commercial frontage.
(2) 
Connection must be a minimum ten-foot-wide path with five-foot-wide landscaped edges.
(3) 
Must provide textured pedestrian crosswalks internal to parking lots.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement and bioswales are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alley or secondary streets only.
(3) 
Maximum one vehicle access point per secondary street frontage.
(4) 
Lighting must be shielded from residential uses.
(5) 
Must provide one pedestrian connection between parking and commercial main street a minimum of every 200 feet.

§ 203-135. Retail/Office units.

A. 
Goal: to provide mixed-use commercial buildings that allow for retail and/or office space in individual or attached buildings.
B. 
Definition: a building that contains either retail uses on ground floor levels and offices on upper levels or buildings that solely contain office space, either multiple or single tenants.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 90.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the retail/office unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 91.tif
(a) 
Architectural features provide visual reference points in the town fabric.
(b) 
Pattern in brick work can provide design interest and reduce the perceived scale of large buildings.
(c) 
Large landscaped front setbacks are appropriate for this use and building type.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 92.tif
(a) 
Small internal parking courts on the side and front work well if design details are respected.
(b) 
A stylized mansard roof element doubles as a solar screen for the upper-level terrace.
(c) 
Upper-level awnings address scale and provide shade for upper floors.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 93.tif
(a) 
Rounded corners work well for corner buildings.
(b) 
Horizontal material changes reduce perceived height and massing of building.
(c) 
Awnings provide comfort to street-level pedestrians.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 94.tif
(a) 
Varying the rhythm of facade widths and heights both provides interest at the street level and promotes walking by reducing monotony.
(b) 
Large horizontal bands provide entablature for storefront signage.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 95.tif
(1) 
Zone acreage: 56.92 acres.
(2) 
Maximum commercial area: 280,000 square feet.
(3) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 96.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to public.
[4] 
Plazas.
[5] 
Mid-block pedestrian connections to respond to grid.
[6] 
Bus shelters.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
300'
500'
Block perimeter
1,400'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
3
ROW width
20'
Path width
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking provided through alley-loaded driveways.
(b) 
On-street parking provided through parallel stalls where permitted.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[1] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(e) 
Tree grates.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 97.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Bike racks.
[2] 
Water features/fountains.
[3] 
Decorative pedestrian lighting.
[4] 
Litter containers.
[5] 
Architectural lighting.
[6] 
Benches.
[7] 
Clock towers.
[8] 
Kiosks.
[9] 
Public art.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
20,000 SF
Lot width
100'
Corner lot
100'
Lot depth
150'
Impervious coverage
90%
Front yard setback
10'
30'
Side yard setback
10'
Rear yard setback
20'
Building separation
20'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(b) 
Nonresidential parking to be provided at a ratio of four spots per 1,000 square feet.
(c) 
Shared parking conditionally permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(b) 
Foundation plantings.
(c) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(d) 
Parking planting.
(e) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(f) 
Planters.
(g) 
Potted plants.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 98.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Decorative cornices.
[8] 
First-floor colonnades.
[9] 
Porte cocheres.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Porches.
[12] 
Porticos.
[13] 
Arcades.
[14] 
Terraces.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
45'
60'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
6"
Upper front facade fenestration
30%
Lower front facade fenestration
70%
Side and rear facade fenestration
25%
Building face of roof offset
5'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Carports.
(b) 
Structured parking.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(b) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 99.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be flat, mansard or combinations thereof.
[4] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Stoop
8'
Bay window
8'
Awning
8'
Solar screen
8'
Balcony/Balconette
8'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Parking. Structured parking shall have a maximum height of two levels.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors to upper floor use are permitted on secondary facade.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(d) 
Buildings should be built to the sidewalk, public square or plaza edge.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 60 feet. For buildings with facades exceeding 100 feet, a maximum average building height of 55 feet shall be permitted, measured along the affected facade.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on all facades, upper floors: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows opening on first-floor retail public facades: 70%.
(f) 
Retail windows must remain unobstructed on interior spaces.
(4) 
Vertical breaks.
(a) 
Required every 30 feet minimum through use of offsets, fenestration, bay windows, balconies, balconettes or material change.
(b) 
Maximum length of storefront: 60 feet.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Required at a minimum of one per every 24 feet of vertical height.
(b) 
May use banding, setbacks or material change.
(c) 
First-floor retail shall have a minimum clear height of 16 feet.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat and mansard are permitted.
(b) 
Maximum length of roofline: 60 feet.
(c) 
Minimum offset: five feet.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal.
(c) 
Tile.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Metal panels (accent).
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Storefronts are encouraged to have awnings.
(b) 
Storefronts must provide a sign plate area.
(c) 
Pop-out cafe windows are permitted.
(d) 
Storefronts are encouraged to be open and inviting to the public.
(e) 
Bay windows are encouraged.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Structured parking is permitted.
(b) 
Freestanding garages are permitted.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be built to public sidewalks.
(2) 
Street furniture and amenities are encouraged.
(3) 
Entry plazas and courts should be designed to welcome public use.
(4) 
Large storefront windows are required on the first floor. Windows may be framed in wood.
(5) 
First-floor retail.
(6) 
Screening of loading, service and trash areas is required.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All semi-public space (i.e., yards, courts, plazas) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs and ground cover or a combination of decorative paving and landscaping. Where appropriate, seating and lighting shall be provided.
(2) 
Semi-public space must be separated from public space by either a low garden wall, decorative fence (maximum of six feet high), hedge material or a combination of the three.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Storage space is required.
(2) 
Outdoor patio space is required.
N. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Parking lots adjacent to street edges must be screened with a four-and-one-half-foot-high hedge or masonry wall.
(2) 
Parking adjacent to a residential use must be screened with minimum six-foot-high masonry wall or fence and must include a three-foot-wide vegetated buffer a minimum of six feet high at time of planting.
(3) 
Lighting must be screened from residential uses.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Must provide at least one direct pedestrian connection between the parking and main street commercial per 150 feet of commercial frontage.
(2) 
Connection must be a minimum of a ten-foot-wide path with five-foot-wide landscaped edges.
(3) 
Must provide textured pedestrian crosswalks internal to parking lots.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement and bioswales are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alleys or secondary streets only.
(3) 
Maximum of one vehicle access point per secondary street frontage.
(4) 
Lighting must be shielded from residential uses.
(5) 
Must provide one pedestrian connection between parking and commercial main street every 200 feet minimum.

§ 203-136. Single-use offices.

A. 
Goal: subject to "Nike Missle" Site Redevelopment Plan and all amendments thereto.
B. 
Definition: subject to "Nike Missle" Site Redevelopment Plan and all amendments thereto.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 100.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the single-use office unit:
203 Image 101.tif 203 Image 102.tif
203 Image 103.tif 203 Image 104.tif
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 105.tif
(1) 
Zone acreage: subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
(2) 
Maximum commercial area: subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
(3) 
FAR: subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
(4) 
Densities: subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 106.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design. All standards are subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
(2) 
Parking. All standards are subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
(3) 
Edges and buffers. All standards are subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
(4) 
Environment. All standards are subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
G. 
Site. All standards are subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
203 Image 107.tif
H. 
Public realm. All standards are subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
203 Image 108.tif
I. 
Private realm. All standards are subject to redevelopment plan and all amendments thereto.
203 Image 109.tif

Article XVIII. Gateway Highway Service (RC-2) and Gateway East (RC-4) Districts

§ 203-137. Gateway Highway Service District.

A. 
Goal: to provide locations for everyday services necessary to sustain a mixed-use regional community with general commercial and general office locations that are quasi-auto-dependent, that are single- and multiuse buildings and that may or may not be on individual lots.
B. 
Definition: single- or multiuse buildings that address a multitude of convenience needs for a mixed-use community.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 110.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the gateway highway commercial service unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 111.tif
(a) 
Commercial buildings should be clean, simple and inviting.
(b) 
Signage should be integrated into architecture.
(c) 
Modern materials are acceptable if they respect well-established rules of scale and rhythm.
(d) 
So far, 21st Century communities require automobiles and they must be serviced.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 112.tif
(a) 
Communities must meet convenience needs that often rely on the automobile.
(b) 
Small parking courts are permitted in front of establishments.
(c) 
Signage should be integrated into architecture.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 113.tif
(a) 
Generous landscape buffers provide the setting for single-use commercial establishments.
(b) 
Driveways directly accessing Route 322 are prohibited. Access shall be provided via a secondary road system.
(c) 
Pedestrian walkways remain important even in a more auto-dependent environment.
(d) 
21st Century communities continue to rely on the automobile, which requires gas.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 114.tif
(a) 
Modern materials are acceptable, provided they respect established rules of rhythm and scale and that they are durable and are not an imitation of another material.
(b) 
Fenestration can be used effectively to provide a rhythm of solid and void.
(c) 
Individual or multitenant flex space is a typical need of growing communities.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 115.tif
(1) 
FAR: 0.15 by right, 0.30 with TDR. (Note: RC-2 subarea located in the Regional Center but outside of the TDR Receiving Zone is subject to a 0.3 FAR by right.)
(2) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(3) 
Generally located along Route 322 west of Locke Avenue and east of the New Jersey Turnpike.
(4) 
The zone is intended to provide locations for a mixture of service retail and office space necessary for day-to-day servicing of the regional centers such as new car dealers, car washes, auto stores, food stores, pharmacies, convenience retail and small-scale office parks and flex space.
(5) 
May be single- or multitenant buildings.
(6) 
Buildings are permitted to be 45 feet tall or three stories.
(7) 
Front yard parking is permitted.
(8) 
Vehicle access via secondary streets.
(9) 
On-street parking on Route 322 is not permitted.
F. 
Site.
203 Image 116.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
[4] 
Off-street parking shall be located to the side or rear.
[5] 
Drive-through windows shall be located to the side or rear.
[6] 
Bus shelters.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Buffer/Pedestrian zone
Front
50'
Rear
75'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
Lot area
40,000 SF
Lot width
200'
Corner lot
200'
Lot depth
250'
Impervious coverage
60%
Front yard setback
75'
Side yard setback
25'
Rear yard setback
50'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Off-street parking provided through driveways.
(b) 
Porous pavement.
(c) 
Belgian block curbing.
(d) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(e) 
Retail/Office parking to be provided at a ratio of four spots per 1,000 square feet.
(f) 
Shared parking is conditionally permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
Minimum
Maximum
Street tree spacing (distance on center)
36'
30'
Side and rear yard fence height
6'
(a) 
Planting buffers.
(b) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(c) 
Custom mailboxes.
(d) 
Tree grates.
(e) 
Foundation plantings.
(f) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(g) 
Parking planting.
(h) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(i) 
Planters.
(j) 
Potted plants.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for parking areas.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
(d) 
Long-life trees encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(e) 
Xeriscape.
(f) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(g) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
(5) 
A black cherry tree, Prunes seratina, is located in the U.S. Route 322 corridor receiving zone toward the western end and north of U.S. Route 322. To maximize opportunities for its long-term survival, the following procedures will be adhered to by all applicants for development on these parcels:
(a) 
An area the size of the tree's dripline will be designated as a tree protection zone and fenced off prior to construction activities. No material storage, equipment parking, excavation, benching, equipment clean-outs or soil compaction shall occur within this area. Signage identifying the area as off-limits shall be posted on the fence.
(b) 
The existing grade of the area surrounding the tree protection zone shall be maintained. Black cherry as a species is listed as sensitive to drainage changes that raise the natural water level in the soil.
(c) 
Dead wood pruning or crown cleaning of the tree should be performed by a New Jersey certified tree expert (CTE) hired by the applicant.
(d) 
To the extent that grade changes do not raise the water level around the tree, a layer not to exceed three inches in depth shall be applied to the soil within the tree protection zone.
G. 
Public realm.
203 Image 117.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Decorative cornices.
[8] 
First-floor colonnades.
[9] 
Porte cocheres.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Porches.
[12] 
Porticos.
[13] 
Arcades.
[14] 
Terraces.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
Eave height
18'
23'
Window-to-eave offset
6"
Front facade fenestration
60%
Side and rear facade fenestration
30%
Building face or roof offset
5'
(2) 
Parking: carports.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(b) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
H. 
Private realm.
203 Image 118.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be A-frame, flat, mansard or combinations thereof.
[4] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
[5] 
Building facades shall be parallel to frontage property lines.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Bay window
8'
Awning
8'
Solar screen
8'
Balcony/Balconette
8'
Rear deck
8'
Terrace
8'
8'
Patio
8'
10'
(2) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(3) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous payment driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
I. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 45 feet or three stories.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 60%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades, exclusive of loading areas: 30%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks. Two-foot building offsets every 100 feet minimum are required.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Use of material change, horizontal banding, window lines and pediments is required.
(b) 
Required at a minimum of one per every 24 feet of vertical height.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
A-frame, mansard and flat are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum two-foot offset required every 100 feet.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Solar screens, awnings, and arcades shall be used to provide user comfort, energy conservation and design unity.
(b) 
Architecture should reflect the difference between public versus private doors and entries.
(10) 
Accessory structures. Carports are permitted.
J. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from sidewalks.
(2) 
Front doors shall be on public streets or internal parking courts.
K. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings (i.e., yards) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(3) 
Front stoops are encouraged as public space transition.
(4) 
Parking lots shall be fully landscaped to break down scale, provide user comfort and to modulate microclimate.
L. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Storage space is required.
(2) 
Outdoor patio space is permitted.
M. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Front yard wall, fence, hedge height: maximum of 3 1/2 feet.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet (exclusive of trees).
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yards: six feet (exclusive of trees).
(5) 
Buffers must be provided on all external property edges.
(6) 
Minimum front yard buffer width: 30 feet.
(7) 
Minimum side yard buffer width: 30 feet.
(8) 
Minimum rear yard buffer width: 50 feet.
(9) 
Minimum buffer adjacent to residential neighborhoods: 75 feet.
N. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Multipurpose path within buffer.
(2) 
A pedestrian system within parking court defined by textured pavement is required.
(3) 
Minimum ten-foot-wide sidewalks adjacent to buildings.
O. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement in parking courts and drive aisles is permitted to address stormwater.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alley or secondary street system.
(3) 
Parking in front yard is permitted.

§ 203-138. Gateway East District.

A. 
Goals: to provide locations for regional office, hotel and flex space, as well as retail service uses serving primarily on-site populations. These uses are intended to be a logical extension of the office/hotel uses permitted in the RC-3 District. They are also intended to be quasi-auto-dependent and located within single- and multi-use buildings that may or may not be on individual lots.
B. 
Definition: Single- or multi-use buildings that address a multitude of regional office, hotel and flex space needs, as well as complementary retail service needs for a mixed-use community.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 119.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the gateway highway commercial service unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 120.tif
(a) 
Single-use hotel and office buildings sit in a parklike setting where the quality of landscape features is a critical design element.
(b) 
While largely auto-dependent, the size of parking courts should be kept small and integrated into the total landscape concept.
(c) 
The oversize portico matches the building scale and is appropriate for the grand scale of the regional hotel and office.
(d) 
Vertical scale is broken by two layers of horizontal banding.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 121.tif
(a) 
Communities must meet convenience needs that often rely on the automobile.
(b) 
Small parking courts are permitted in front of establishments.
(c) 
Signage is integrated into the architecture.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 122.tif
(a) 
Stormwater features can be designed as an amenity such as a lake and provide a community park setting to the wider residents of the Township.
(b) 
The sophisticated use of materials such as glass and masonry helps to mitigate the large massing of the building. Approximately 60% of the facade is glass.
(c) 
The building is further broken down in scale by sitting the building in an "L" shape with a glass corridor connection. The "L" shape is an organizing element that helps provide context to the public space, like a public square.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 123.tif
(a) 
Modern materials are acceptable, provided they respect established rules of rhythm and scale and that they are durable and are not an imitation of another material.
(b) 
Fenestration can be used effectively to provide a rhythm of solid and void.
(c) 
Individual or multitenant flex space is a typical need of growing communities.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 124.tif
(1) 
Zone acreage: 97.0 acres.
(2) 
FAR: 0.15 by right, 0.30 with TDR for a total of 1.2 million square feet.
(3) 
Maximum retail permitted: 125,000 square feet.
(4) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(5) 
Located along Route 322 east of the New Jersey Turnpike.
(6) 
The zone is intended to provide the opportunity for regional office, hotel and flex space and supporting retail services.
(7) 
May be single- or multitenant buildings.
(8) 
Buildings permitted to be 60 feet tall.
(9) 
Buildings shall be arranged in a manner that reinforces street edges.
(10) 
Front yard parking shall be landscaped and screened.
(11) 
On-street parking on Route 322 is not permitted.
F. 
Site.
203 Image 125.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
[4] 
Off-street parking located to the side or rear.
[5] 
Drive-through windows located to the side or rear.
[6] 
Plazas.
[7] 
Bus shelters.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Buffer/Pedestrian zone
Front
50'
Rear
75'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
Lot area
40,000 SF
Lot width
200'
Corner lot
200'
Lot depth
250'
Impervious coverage
70%
Front yard setback
35'
Side yard setback
25'
Rear yard setback
35'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
On-street stalls.
[1] 
Length: minimum of 20 feet.
[2] 
Width: minimum of eight feet.
(b) 
Off-street parking provided through driveways.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(e) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(f) 
Hotel/Office/Retail parking to be provided at a ratio of four spots per 1,000 square feet.
(g) 
Shared parking is conditionally permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
Minimum
Maximum
Street tree spacing (distance on center)
35'
50'
Side and rear yard fence height
6'
(a) 
Planting buffers.
(b) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(c) 
Custom mailboxes.
(d) 
Tree grates.
(e) 
Foundation plantings
(f) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(g) 
Parking planting.
(h) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(i) 
Planters.
(j) 
Potted plants.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for parking areas.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
(d) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(e) 
Xeriscape.
(f) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(g) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
G. 
Public realm.
203 Image 126.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design element.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Decorative cornices.
[8] 
First-floor colonnades.
[9] 
Porte cocheres.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Porches.
[12] 
Porticos.
[13] 
Arcades.
[14] 
Terraces.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
45'
60'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
6"
Front facade fenestration
60%
Side and rear facade fenestration
30%
Building face or roof offset
10'
Window trim offset
2'
(2) 
Parking: carports.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(b) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
H. 
Private realm.
203 Image 127.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be A-frame, flat, mansard or combinations thereof.
[4] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
[5] 
Building facades shall be parallel to frontage property lines.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Bay window
8'
Awning
8'
Solar screen
8'
Balcony/Balconette
8'
Rear deck
8'
Terrace
8'
Patio
8'
10'
(2) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(3) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
I. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 60 feet.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 60%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades, exclusive of loading areas: 30%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks.
(a) 
Two-foot building offsets every 100 feet minimum are required for retail uses.
(b) 
Five-foot building offsets every 100 feet minimum are required for hotel/office/flex uses.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Use of material change, horizontal banding, window lines and pediments is required.
(b) 
Required at a minimum of one per every 24 feet of vertical height.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
A-frame, mansard and flat are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum two-foot offset required every 100 feet for retail uses.
(c) 
Minimum five-foot offset required every 100 feet for hotel/office/flex uses.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Solar screens, awnings, and arcades shall be used to provide user comfort, energy conservation and design unity.
(b) 
Architecture should reflect the difference between public versus private doors and entries.
(c) 
Balconies and balconettes are encouraged.
(10) 
Accessory structures. Carports are permitted.
J. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from sidewalks.
(2) 
Front doors shall be on public streets or internal parking courts.
K. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings (i.e., yards) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(3) 
Front stoops are encouraged as public space transition.
(4) 
Parking lots shall be fully landscaped to break down scale, provide user comfort and to modulate microclimate.
(5) 
Minimum of 15% of the interior of parking lots shall be landscaped.
L. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Storage space is required.
(2) 
Outdoor patio space is permitted.
M. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Front yard wall, fence, or hedge height: minimum of three feet.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet (exclusive of trees).
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yards: six feet (exclusive of trees).
(5) 
Buffers must be provided on all external property edges.
(6) 
Minimum front yard buffer width: 30 feet.
(7) 
Minimum side yard buffer width: 30 feet.
(8) 
Minimum rear yard buffer width: 50 feet.
(9) 
Minimum buffer adjacent to residential neighborhood: 75 feet.
N. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Multipurpose path within buffer.
(2) 
A pedestrian system within parking court defined by textured pavement is required.
(3) 
Minimum ten-foot-wide sidewalks adjacent to buildings.
O. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement in parking courts and drive aisles is permitted to address stormwater.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alley or secondary street system.
(3) 
Parking in front yard is not permitted.

Article XIX. Large-Format Retail, Big Box Retail, Office and Hotel, Neo-Traditional Senior Community (RC-3) District

§ 203-139. Large-format retail.

A. 
Goal: to provide locations for regional commercial uses that include lifestyle commercial and office locations that are quasi-auto-dependent and that are single- or multi-use buildings and that may or may not be on individual lots.
B. 
Definition: single- or multi-use buildings that address a multitude of regional commercial needs in a walkable lifestyle commercial configuration.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 128.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the large-format retail unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 129.tif
(a) 
Attractive one-story retail main streets work well when the architecture is accentuated vertically to provide a sense of enclosure on the street.
(b) 
Large glass storefronts provide an inviting image to shoppers.
(c) 
Arcades provide user comfort and help to modulate the architectural rhythm, relating it to the human scale.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 130.tif
(a) 
Second-story office use is encouraged. It provides on-site users of the first floor retail.
(b) 
Most national chains now have architecture that will fit into a main street setting.
(c) 
Solar screens and awnings provide shade to lower floors.
(d) 
Creative use of projecting bays, fenestration and materials provides architectural interest to the street and may serve as a reference to a special place in the community.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 131.tif
(a) 
Sidewalks should be designed with a generous width to encourage walking and outdoor dining.
(b) 
Signage should be artfully incorporated into the building facade; less is sometimes more.
(c) 
Appropriate levels of lighting are important to provide user comfort in evening hours; decorative lighting fixtures add to the design of the environment.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 132.tif
(a) 
Public or semi-public plazas or greens are important to provide context to the land plan; provide gathering places on a daily basis; and to provide a place for special events.
(b) 
The use of landscaping, walkways, fountains and architectural follies helps to provide context to public and semi-public open space.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 133.tif
(1) 
Zone acreage: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(2) 
FAR: 0.25 or approximately 1,100,000 square feet.
(3) 
The purpose of the zone is to provide the opportunity for a regionally based, walkable commercial main street that is attractive to national chain stores, small boutiques and offices.
(4) 
Building configurations are to follow the street regulating plan, with key streets fully accessible to the public on a full-time basis.
(5) 
Buildings should be built to the sidewalk edge.
(6) 
Buildings shall be built out to perimeter county streets to establish a strong architecture street edge.
(7) 
Maximum building height: 60 feet.
(8) 
On-street parking is permitted on interior roads.
F. 
Site.
203 Image 134.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
[4] 
Plazas.
[5] 
Bus shelters.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Sidewalk width
5'
20'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
Lot area
25 acres
Lot width
200'
Corner lot
200'
Lot depth
250'
Impervious coverage
80%
Front yard setback*
35'
Side yard setback*
35'
Building separation
30'
Note:
*
Front and side yard setbacks from Kings Highway and Pancoast Road are 25 feet (minimum) without on-street parking and zero feet (minimum) with on-street parking.
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW (where appropriate)
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking stalls shall be nine feet by 18 feet and, where practical, applicants may provide up 10% of required parking inventory in the form of compact parking stalls measuring 8 1/2 feet by 18 feet. Projects associated with single-use home improvement stores in excess of 75,000 square feet must provide 10% of required parking inventory as contractors' parking with stalls measuring a minimum of 9 1/2 feet by 18 feet. Parking spaces shall not be utilized for outdoor display and/or sales of retail products.
(b) 
Off-street parking provided through alley-loaded driveways.
(c) 
On-street parking provided through parallel stalls.
(d) 
Colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving or porous pavement is encouraged.
(e) 
Belgian block curbing or concrete curbing is permitted.
(f) 
Retail/Office parking shall be provided at a ratio of four spots per 1,000 square feet of gross leasable area, excluding outdoor garden centers up to 24,000 square feet or those that do not exceed 20% in size of the primary building, whichever is less.
(g) 
Shared parking is conditionally permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(b) 
Masonry walls and fences associated with the screening of trash equipment and dumpsters may not exceed eight feet in height. This is the only specific area where fencing in excess of six feet is permitted.
(c) 
Street trees shall be provided at a quantity equal to one street tree per 30 linear feet of street edge (i.e., typically two edges per street). Spacing of trees shall be determined at time of site plan.
(d) 
Planting buffers.
(e) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(f) 
Custom mailboxes.
(g) 
Tree grates.
(h) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(i) 
Parking planting.
(j) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(k) 
Planters.
(l) 
Potted plants.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for parking areas.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
(d) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(e) 
Xeriscape.
(f) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(g) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
G. 
Public realm.
203 Image 135.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Permitted design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Decorative cornices.
[8] 
First-floor colonnade.
[9] 
Porte cocheres.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Porches.
[12] 
Porticos.
[13] 
Arcades.
[14] 
Terraces.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
20'
60'
Front facade fenestration (average)
70%
Side and rear facade fenestration (average)
30%
Building face or roof offset
16"
Window trim offset
16"
4'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Carports are permitted.
(b) 
Structured parking is permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(b) 
Gutters shall be architecturally comparable with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Solar screens are permitted.
(b) 
Solar panels are permitted.
(c) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
H. 
Private realm.
203 Image 136.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, decorative CMU, or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be flat, pitched or combinations thereof.
[4] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
[5] 
Building facades shall be parallel to frontage property lines (where appropriate).
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Terrace
8'
Patio
8'
10'
Bay window
8'
Awning
8'
Solar screen
8'
Balcony/Balconette
8'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes are permitted.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens are permitted.
(d) 
Green roofs are permitted.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood, masonry, metal (excluding woven wire) or similar material.
(3) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
I. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street where appropriate, with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required on streets with public easements.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
A minimum of 150 feet of each building shall be built to the required minimum setback line from the cartway of Kings Highway, Pancoast Road and Route 322.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 60 feet.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 70% (buildings 20,000 square feet or less).
(c) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 30% (buildings 20,000 square feet or greater).
(d) 
Vertically line up windows.
(e) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(f) 
Minimum area of windows on side or rear facades: 30%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks: two-foot building offsets every 60 feet minimum.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Use of material change, horizontal banding, window lines, pediments and offsets, etc., or a combination thereof, is required.
(b) 
Required at a minimum of one per every 16 feet of vertical height.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat and pitched, or a combination thereof, is permitted.
(b) 
A minimum two-foot offset is required every 60 feet when there are multiple units.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Metal panels of a high quality.
(c) 
Stone.
(d) 
Glass or spandrel glass.
(e) 
Stucco.
(f) 
Decorative CMU.
(g) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(h) 
Similar material.
(8) 
Roof materials (pitched roofs).
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Similar material.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Solar screens, awnings and arcades are permitted in conjunction with trees to provide user comfort, energy conservation and design unity.
(b) 
Architecture shall reflect the difference between public versus private doors and entries.
(c) 
Balconies are encouraged on upper floors.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Structured parking is permitted.
(b) 
Carports are permitted.
J. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be constructed to sidewalks with public easements.
(2) 
Front doors on public streets with public easements.
(3) 
Public sidewalks shall be a minimum of 15 feet across building frontages and a minimum of 10 feet wide in pedestrian areas (with a minimum eight-foot-wide sidewalk) along parking lots.
(4) 
Screening of loading, service and trash storage areas is required.
K. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings (i.e., yards) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted to address stormwater.
(3) 
Pedestrian sidewalks shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide, except along the perimeter of the property; where on-street parking is not permitted, a minimum of five feet is permitted.
(4) 
Parking courts shall be fully landscaped to break down scale, provide user comfort and to modulate microclimate.
(5) 
A minimum of 10% of a parking area shall be landscaping (applies only to parking areas with 40 or more spaces).
L. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, or hedges.
(2) 
Minimum front yard wall, fence and hedges height: three feet.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet (exclusive of trees).
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yards: six feet (exclusive of trees).
(5) 
Buffers must be provided on all external property edges.
(6) 
Minimum front yard buffer width: 35 feet (for Route 322 only, from perimeter roadway except where on-street parking is permitted).
(7) 
Minimum side yard buffer width: 35 feet (for Route 322 only, from perimeter roadway except where on-street parking is permitted).
M. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Multipurpose path within buffer.
(2) 
Pedestrian system within parking court shall be comprehensive and articulated with textured pavement.
N. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement parking courts and isles are permitted to address stormwater.
(2) 
Vehicle access shall be from an alley or secondary street system.
(3) 
No parking in front yard.

§ 203-140. Big box retail.

A. 
Goal: to provide locations for regional big box retail commercial uses that are auto-dependent, that are single- or multi-use buildings and that may or may not be on individual lots.
B. 
Definition: single- or multi-use buildings that address a multitude of big box and commercial pad site needs.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 137.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the big box retail unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 138.tif
(a) 
The addition of amenities such as fountains, squares and plazas provides site identity as well as focal points for customer use. The elements also act to reduce the harshness of large parking lots often associated with big box retail.
(b) 
Scale of otherwise large buildings can be broken down through the use of offsets in facades and rooflines, materials use and arcades and other sheltered walkways.
(c) 
Signage should be integrated into the facade design.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 139.tif
(a) 
The playful use of signage can serve to break down the scale of otherwise large buildings when integrated into the entire architectural design of the building and used in conjunction with vertical and horizontal building offsets, material changes and orientation of horizontal and vertical elements.
(b) 
Over-scaled objects can serve as both whimsical sculpture and safety bollards to protect pedestrians. The objects further provide a playful dialogue on scale within the public and semi-public spaces.
(c) 
Public entry points should be distinguished in the architecture.
(d) 
It is important to use architectural techniques to reduce the perception that big box stores are horizontal buildings with large blank walls. Creative use of materials offsets and glass will be required.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 140.tif
(a) 
Pad sites present the opportunities to establish a strong architectural edge along Route 322.
(b) 
All vehicle circulation is internal to the site.
(c) 
Pedestrian pathways woven into the landscape are a key design requirement.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 141.tif
(a) 
Parking lots constitute the largest public or semi-public space in a big box center. Details associated with the use of landscaping, textured pavement, wide sidewalks, textured crosswalks, lighting and street furniture all serve to control automobile speeds and to provide a safe and attractive pedestrian environment.
(b) 
Arrangement of buildings into small courtyards helps to reduce the scale perception of big box buildings and makes parking proximate to front doors of multiple tenants.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 142.tif
(1) 
Zone acreage: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(2) 
FAR: 0.2 or approximately 900,000 square feet.
(3) 
The purpose of the zone is to provide the opportunity for a large-format, regionally based retail center that is attractive to national chains and large anchor stores.
(4) 
Buildings are to be arranged in a manner that reinforces the Route 322 street edge while allowing for large parking fields.
(5) 
Maximum building height: 60 feet.
(6) 
On-street parking is not permitted on Route 322.
(7) 
Front yard parking is permitted.
F. 
Site.
203 Image 143.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
[4] 
Plazas.
[5] 
Bus shelters.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Sidewalk width
5'
25'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distances on center)
50'
75'
Lot area
25 acres
Lot width
200'
Corner lot
200'
Lot depth
250'
Impervious coverage
30%
Front yard setback*
25'
Side yard setback*
25'
Rear yard setback
50'
Note:
*
From exterior roads only/Route 322
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW (where appropriate)
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking stalls shall be nine feet by 18 feet and, where practical, applicants may provide up 10% of required parking inventory in the form of compact parking stalls measuring 8 1/2 feet by 18 feet. Projects associated with single-use home improvement stores in excess of 75,000 square feet must provide 10% of required parking inventory as contractors' parking with stalls measuring a minimum of 9 1/2 feet by 18 feet. Parking spaces shall not be utilized for outdoor display and/or sales of retail products.
(b) 
Off-street parking shall be provided through driveways.
(c) 
Belgian block curbing or concrete curbing is permitted.
(d) 
Retail/Office parking shall be provided at a ratio of four spots per 1,000 square feet of gross leasable area, excluding outdoor garden centers up to 24,000 square feet or those that do not exceed 20% of the size of the primary building, whichever is less.
(e) 
Shared parking is conditionally permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(b) 
Street trees shall be provided at a quantity equal to one street tree per 30 linear feet of street edge (i.e., typically two edges per street). Spacing of trees shall be determined at time of site plan.
(c) 
Planting buffers.
(d) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(e) 
Custom mailboxes.
(f) 
Tree grates.
(g) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(h) 
Parking planting.
(i) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(j) 
Planters.
(k) 
Potted plants.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for parking areas.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
(d) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(e) 
Xeriscape.
(f) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(g) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material is encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
G. 
Public realm.
203 Image 144.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Permitted design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Decorative cornices.
[8] 
First-floor colonnades.
[9] 
Porte cocheres.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Porches.
[12] 
Porticos.
[13] 
Arcades.
[14] 
Terraces.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
20'
60'
Front facade fenestration (per building)
15%
Side and rear facade fenestration (per building)
10%
(2) 
Parking: Structured parking is permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(b) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Solar screens are permitted.
(b) 
Solar panels are permitted.
(c) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
H. 
Private realm.
203 Image 145.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, decorative CMU or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be "A" frame, flat, pitched or combinations thereof.
[4] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
[5] 
Building facades shall be parallel to frontage property lines (where appropriate).
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side yard encroachments
Terrace
8'
Patio
8'
10'
Bay window
8'
Awning
8'
Solar screen
8'
Balcony/Balconette
8'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes are permitted.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens are permitted.
(d) 
Green roofs are permitted.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood, masonry, metal (excluding woven wire) or similar material.
(3) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
I. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 60 feet.
(2) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 7.5%.
(c) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(d) 
Side and rear building facades facing US Route 322 shall not be required to have window openings; however, blank walls are prohibited and architectural detailing is required.
(3) 
Vertical breaks.
(a) 
Five-foot building offsets every 100 feet minimum.
(b) 
Maximum facade length: 500 feet.
(4) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Material change, horizontal banding, window lines, pediments and offsets are required.
(b) 
Required at a minimum of one per every 24 feet of vertical height.
(5) 
Roofline.
(a) 
"A" frame, pitched and flat or combinations thereof are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum five-foot offset required every 100 feet.
(6) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Metal panels of high quality.
(c) 
Stone.
(d) 
Glass or spandrel glass.
(e) 
Stucco.
(f) 
Decorative CMU.
(g) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(h) 
Similar materials.
(7) 
Roof materials (pitched roofs).
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Similar materials.
(8) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Solar screens, awnings and arcades may be used to provide user comfort, energy conservation and design unity.
(b) 
Architecture shall reflect the difference between public versus private doors and entries.
(9) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Drive-through windows facing public streets are discouraged.
(b) 
Parking structures are permitted.
J. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from sidewalks.
(2) 
Front doors shall be on a public street or interval parking court.
(3) 
Except as stipulated below, public sidewalks shall be provided at a minimum width of 10 feet along all building frontages and adjacent to parking lots.
(a) 
Along all single-use buildings greater than 75,000 square feet, a minimum of 70% of the building's frontage shall have a curb-to-building facade dimension of 15 feet, and a maximum of 30% of the building's front facade may have a curb-to-building facade dimension of 10 feet. A minimum of 10 feet of pedestrian area (with minimum eight-foot-wide sidewalks) must be kept clean and devoid of sidewalk displays, cart storage, etc. at all times and shall be expressly reserved for pedestrian use only.
(b) 
For all other buildings, those under 75,000 square feet and those of multiple tenants, a minimum fifteen-foot-wide sidewalk along building frontages is required.
K. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings (i.e., yards) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted to address stormwater.
(3) 
Parking courts shall be fully landscaped to break down scale, provide user comfort and to modulate microclimate.
(4) 
A minimum of 10% of a parking area shall be landscaping (applies to parking areas with 60 or more spaces).
L. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Minimum front yard wall, fence and hedge height: three feet high.
(3) 
Maximum side yard edge height: six feet (exclusive of trees).
(4) 
Maximum rear yard edge height: six feet (exclusive of trees).
(5) 
Buffers must be provided on all external property edges. Residential buffers are only required where directly abutting a residential property.
(6) 
Minimum front yard buffer width: 25 feet (from exterior roads/Route 322).
(7) 
Minimum side yard buffer width: 25 feet (from exterior roads/Route 322).
(8) 
Minimum rear yard buffer width: 50 feet.
(9) 
Minimum buffer width where directly abutting a residential property: 75 feet.
M. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Multipurpose path within buffer.
(2) 
Pedestrian system within parking court shall be comprehensive and articulated with textured pavement.
N. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement parking courts and isles permitted to address stormwater.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alley or secondary street system.
(3) 
No parking in front yard.

§ 203-141. Regional hotel/office units.

A. 
Goal: to provide locations for everyday services necessary to sustain a mixed-use regional community with general commercial and general office locations that are quasi-auto-dependent, that are single-use buildings and that may or may not be on individual lots.
B. 
Definition: single-use buildings that address a multitude of regional hotel and office needs for a mixed-use community.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 146.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the regional hotel/office unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 147.tif
(a) 
Single-use hotel and office buildings sit in a parklike setting where the quality of landscape features is a critical design element.
(b) 
While largely auto-dependent, the size of parking courts should be kept small and integrated into the total landscape concept.
(c) 
The oversize portico matches the building scale and is appropriate for the grand scale of the regional hotel and office.
(d) 
Vertical scale is broken by two layers of horizontal banding.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 148.tif
(a) 
Stormwater features can be designed as an amenity such as a lake and provide a community park setting to the wider residents of the Township.
(b) 
The sophisticated use of materials such as glass and masonry helps to mitigate the large massing of the building. Approximately 60% of the facade is glass.
(c) 
The building is further broken down in scale by sitting the building in an "L" shape with a glass corridor connection. The "L" shape is an organizing element that helps provide context to the public space, like a public square.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 149.tif
(a) 
The vertical scale of the building is broken by the use of three layers of horizontal banding. The three alternating layers of masonry, glass and masonry help define the base, the body and the top of the building.
(b) 
Two-foot to ten-foot vertical and horizontal offsets further mitigate the perception of a large monolithic building.
(c) 
Front yard parking is absent.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 150.tif
(a) 
Corner elements and roofline offsets provide architectural interest and identify the location of the "front" door.
(b) 
The building facade is approximately 60% glass.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 151.tif
(1) 
Zone acreage: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(2) 
FAR: 0.25 or approximately 1,000,000 square feet.
(3) 
The purpose of the zone is to provide for a hotel/office park.
(4) 
Buildings are to be arranged in a manner that reinforces street edges.
(5) 
Maximum building height: 60 feet.
(6) 
On-street parking is not permitted on Route 322.
(7) 
Front yard parking is prohibited.
F. 
Site.
203 Image 152.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private-outdoor spaces are accessible and visible to the public.
[4] 
Plazas.
[5] 
Bus shelters.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
Lot area
400'
Lot width
200'
Corner lot
200'
Lot depth
250'
Impervious coverage
80%
Front yard setback
35'
Side yard setback
25'
Rear yard setback
35'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking shall be provided through driveways.
(b) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving or porous pavement.
(c) 
Belgian block curbing.
(d) 
Hotel/office parking shall be provided at a ration of four spots per 1,000 square feet conditionally permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
Minimum
Maximum
Street tree spacing (distance on center)
36'
50'
Side and rear yard fence height
5'
(a) 
Planning buffers.
(b) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(c) 
Custom mailboxes.
(d) 
Tree garages.
(e) 
Foundation plantings.
(f) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(g) 
Parking planting.
(h) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(i) 
Planters.
(j) 
Potted plants.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for parking areas.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
(d) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(e) 
Xeriscape.
(f) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(g) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
G. 
Public realm.
203 Image 153.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Decorative cornices.
[8] 
First-floor colonnades.
[9] 
Porte cocheres.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Porches.
[12] 
Porticos.
[13] 
Arcades.
[14] 
Terraces.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
45'
60'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window to eave offset
6"
Front facade fenestration
60%
Side and rear facade fenestration
30%
Building face or roof offset
16"
Window trim offset
2'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Carports.
(b) 
Structured parking.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(b) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
H. 
Private realm.
203 Image 154.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be "A" frame, flat, mansard or combinations thereof.
[4] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
[5] 
Building facades shall be parallel to frontage property lines.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side yard encroachments
Terrace
8'
Patio
8'
10'
Bay window
8'
Awning
8'
Solar screen
8'
Balcony/Balconette
8'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roof.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(3) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
I. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 60 feet.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 60%.
(c) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades: 30%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks. Five-foot building offsets every 100 feet minimum.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Material change, horizontal banding, window lines and pediments are required.
(b) 
Required at a minimum of one per every 24 feet of vertical height.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat and mansard are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum five-foot offset required every 100 feet.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Solar screens, awnings and arcades shall be used to provide user comfort, energy conservation and design unity.
(b) 
Architecture shall reflect the difference between public versus private doors and entries.
(c) 
Balconies and balconettes are encouraged.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Structural parking is permitted.
(b) 
Carports are permitted.
J. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from sidewalks.
(2) 
Front doors shall be on public streets or interval parking courts.
K. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings (i.e., yards) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted to address stormwater.
(3) 
Parking courts shall be fully landscaped to break down scale, provide user comfort and to modulate microclimate.
(4) 
A minimum of 15% of the interior of parking courts shall be landscaping.
L. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Storage space is required.
(2) 
Outdoor patio space is required.
M. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Minimum front yard wall, fence and hedge height: 3 1/2 feet high.
(3) 
Maximum side yard edge height: six feet (exclusive of trees).
(4) 
Maximum rear yard edge height: six feet (exclusive of trees).
(5) 
Buffers must be provided on all external property edges.
(6) 
Minimum front yard buffer width: 30 feet.
(7) 
Minimum side yard buffer width: 30 feet.
(8) 
Minimum rear yard buffer width: 50 feet.
(9) 
Minimum buffer width adjacent to residential neighborhood: 75 feet.
N. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Multipurpose path within buffer.
(2) 
Pedestrian system within parking court shall be designed with textured pavement; required.
(3) 
Minimum ten-foot-wide sidewalks adjacent to buildings.
O. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement parking courts and isles are permitted to address stormwater.
(2) 
Vehicle access shall be from an alley or secondary street system.
(3) 
No parking in front yards.

§ 203-142. Townhouse units.

A. 
Goal: to provide a mixture of unit sizes to address the needs and desires of seniors who wish to live in densities associated with townhouse living.
B. 
Definition: a one-family dwelling unit with a private entrance, attached horizontally in a linear arrangement, being located on a separate lot, and being separated from an adjoining dwelling unit by an approved wall extending from the foundation through the roof and structurally independent of the corresponding wall of the adjoining unit and having a totally exposed front and rear wall to be used for access, light and ventilation.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 155.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the townhouse unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 156.tif
(a) 
Bay windows work to provide street rhythm and to break down the horizontal scale.
(b) 
Small, private front yard planting softens the street environment.
(c) 
Windows on the side facade enliven corner buildings.
(d) 
A stoop provides public/private transition.
(e) 
The front door is accentuated in scale.
(f) 
Durable materials stand up to the test of time.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 157.tif
(a) 
On a case-by-case basis, townhouses may be arranged in a courtyard configuration with front doors and garages facing a landscaped parking/multipurpose court.
(b) 
Modern can coexist with traditional as long as well-established roles of rhythm, scale and material choice are respected.
(c) 
Low garden walls define courtyard edges.
(d) 
High-quality landscaping and surface materials such as pavers are required in courtyards.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 158.tif
(a) 
Slight variations in dormer design reduce monotony in otherwise identical units.
(b) 
Low front yard garden walls provide appropriate public/private transition.
(c) 
The large mansard roof element accentuates horizontal break to respect human scale at sidewalk level.
(d) 
Generous windows on the front facade provide internal light while animating the street and promoting safety.
(e) 
Roof gardens and decks provide necessary outdoor private space.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 159.tif
(a) 
Vertical and horizontal architectural offsets and material changes reinforce human scale at street level.
(b) 
Windows turning corner of building acknowledge special location at street intersection.
(c) 
Solar screens provide reduced unit energy loads and provide horizontal breaks.
(d) 
Variations in window dimensions provide interest to the street and address scale and rhythm issues.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 160.tif
(1) 
Zoning acreage: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(2) 
Maximum number of units: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(3) 
It is intended that a mix of housing types be provided.
(4) 
This zone is found in each of the residential neighborhoods.
(5) 
Townhouses are encouraged to provide architectural edges to open space.
(6) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(7) 
No front yard parking.
(8) 
All vehicle access via alleys.
(9) 
On-street parking.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 161.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,150'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
13'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking shall be provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
(b) 
On-street parking shall be provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center):
[1] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 162.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
No more than eight units built in a row.
[2] 
Provide common mid-block crossing through building to rear alley if eight units are built.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
1,600 SF
2,625 SF
Lot width
20'
30'
Corner lot
20'
35'
Lot depth
75'
Building coverage
60%
Impervious coverage
80%
Front yard setback
5'
16'
Side yard setback
0'
16'
Rear yard setback
20'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
2.5
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Front yard hedge height: maximum of three feet.
(b) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(c) 
Foundation plantings.
(d) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(e) 
Parking planting.
(f) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(g) 
Pergolas.
(h) 
Trellises.
(i) 
Arbors.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 163.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Balconies/Balconettes.
[8] 
Decorative cornices.
[9] 
First floor colonnades.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Usable open or covered stoops.
[12] 
Porticos.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
2'
5'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
1'
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
2'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Rear-loaded attached garage with windows and storage space.
(b) 
Individual garage doors.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
(b) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(c) 
Pools are not permitted.
(d) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
(e) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 164.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, stucco or similar material.
[2] 
Synthetic trim board.
[3] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[4] 
Roof types shall be flat, gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[5] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[6] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[7] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Stoop
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required to be on public streets.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 45 feet.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades: 20%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks: two-foot building offsets every 60 feet minimum.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Material changes, horizontal banding, window lines and pediments are required.
(b) 
A minimum of one break is required.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat, gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped and salt box are permitted.
(b) 
A minimum two-foot offset is required every 60 feet for multiple units.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Cedar wood.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Stoops are required.
(b) 
Balconies are encouraged.
(c) 
Decks are required at a minimum area of 160 square feet.
(10) 
Accessory structures. none.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from sidewalks.
(2) 
Front doors shall be on public streets.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings (i.e., yards) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(3) 
Front stoops are encouraged as public space transition.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Pergolas, trellises and arbors are permitted.
(2) 
Pools are not permitted.
(3) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
N. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Walls, fences, and hedges in front yards are prohibited.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet.
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yards: six feet.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Custom mailboxes.
(2) 
Foundation plantings are required.
(3) 
On-lot sidewalks.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement driveways are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alley only.
(3) 
No parking in front yard.

§ 203-143. Twin units with alleys.

A. 
Goal: to provide a mixture of unit sizes to address the needs and desires of seniors who wish to live in densities associated with twin living.
B. 
Definition: a one-family dwelling unit with a private entrance, attached horizontally in a linear arrangement to one other dwelling unit, each located on a separate lot, and being separated from each other by an approved wall extending from the foundation through the roof and structurally independent of the corresponding wall of the adjoining unit and having a totally exposed front and rear wall to be used for access, light and ventilation.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 165.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the twin unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 166.tif
(a) 
Front porches provide entry features and a sitting area to converse and interact with passers-by.
(b) 
Roof offsets combined with porches help to provide appropriate scale and rhythm.
(c) 
Small front yards provide adequate privacy.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 167.tif
(a) 
Modern can coexist with traditional as long as well-established rules of rhythm, scale and material choice are respected.
(b) 
Generous window dimensions animate the facade and help provide appropriate vertical and horizontal scale and rhythm.
(c) 
Two-foot vertical offsets conform to rules of vertical offsets.
(d) 
A garden wall and front garden serve as public/private transition.
(e) 
Material change provides vertical breaks.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 168.tif
(a) 
When appropriately scaled, twins can serve as transition units between townhouses and single-family detached units.
(b) 
Twins need not be identical.
(c) 
First- and second-floor porches and terraces provide necessary “eyes” on the street and private outdoor space.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 169.tif
(a) 
Simple architecture following basic rules can be attractive.
(b) 
Wraparound porches can add a unique architectural element.
(c) 
A low front yard fence provides appropriate public/private transition.
(d) 
Water table element provides horizontal offset.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 170.tif
(1) 
Zoning acreage: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(2) 
Maximum number of units: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(3) 
It is intended that a mix of housing types be provided.
(4) 
Twins are found in less dense areas of neighborhoods acting as a transition between flats/townhouses and single-family detached units.
(5) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(6) 
No front yard parking.
(7) 
Vehicle access via alleys.
(8) 
On-street parking.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 171.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,150'
1,850'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking shall be provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
(b) 
On-street parking shall be provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center):
[1] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 172.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Required break at party wall with adjacent twin.
[2] 
Vertical breaks with window treatment are encouraged: bays, projections or recesses.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
3,000 SF
6,250 SF
Lot width
40'
Corner lot
40'
Lot depth
75'
125'
Building coverage
60%
Impervious coverage
80%
Front yard setback
15'
30'
Side yard setback
10'
15'
Rear yard setback
20'
Accessory structure setbacks
Rear and side yard
2'
5'
Principal building
10'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
1.5
2.5
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Front yard fence height: maximum of three feet.
(b) 
Front yard hedge height: maximum of three feet.
(c) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(d) 
Foundation plantings.
(e) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(f) 
Parking planting.
(g) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(h) 
Pergolas.
(i) 
Trellises.
(j) 
Arbors.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 173.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Balconies/Balconettes.
[8] 
Decorative cornices.
[9] 
First-floor colonnades.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Front porches.
[12] 
Usable open or covered stoops.
[13] 
Porticos.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
2'
5'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
1'
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
2'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Rear-loaded garage with windows and storage space.
(b) 
Individual garage doors.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Pool and deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
(b) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(c) 
In-ground pools are permitted.
(d) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
(e) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 174.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, wood and stimulated clapboard or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[4] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[5] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[6] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Front porch
8'
Stoop
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required to be on public streets.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 45 feet.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades: 20%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks.
(a) 
Required offset at party wall with adjacent twin: two-foot minimum.
(b) 
Vertical breaks with window treatment, such as bays, projections and recesses, are encouraged.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Material changes, horizontal banding, window lines and pediments are required.
(b) 
Required number of breaks: one minimum.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat, gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped and salt box are permitted.
(b) 
Required break at party wall with adjacent twin: minimum two-foot offset.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Wood and simulated clapboard.
(b) 
Brick.
(c) 
Stone.
(d) 
Stucco.
(e) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Cedar wood.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Front porches are required with a minimum dimension of eight feet by 10 feet.
(b) 
Bay windows are encouraged.
(c) 
Rear decks are required at a minimum area of 160 square feet.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Freestanding garages are permitted.
(b) 
Sheds are permitted at a maximum area of 120 square feet and height of eight feet.
(c) 
In-ground pools are permitted.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from sidewalks.
(2) 
Front doors shall be on public streets.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All yards must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Semi-public space must be separated from public space by either a low garden wall, decorative fence, hedge or combination of the three. Fences in front yards shall have a maximum height of three feet. Fences in side and rear yards shall have a maximum height of six feet high.
(3) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(4) 
Usable open or covered stoops are encouraged as public space transition.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Pergolas, trellises and arbors are permitted.
(2) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
N. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Maximum edge height for front yard: three feet.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet.
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yard: six feet.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Custom mailboxes.
(2) 
Foundation plantings are required.
(3) 
On-lot sidewalks.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement driveways are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alleys or secondary streets only.
(3) 
No parking in front yard.

§ 203-144. Single-family detached units with alleys.

A. 
Goal: to provide a mixture of unit sizes to address the needs and desires of seniors who wish to live in a walkable community with densities associated with single-family detached units on small individual lots.
B. 
Definition: a detached single dwelling unit on its own lot designed for or used exclusively by one family.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 175.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the single-family detached unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 176.tif
(a) 
Bays, vertical elements, window dimensions and window locations work together to break down the scale of an otherwise large house.
(b) 
Special consideration given to front door design.
(c) 
Sensitive use of varied materials reduces monotony and helps provide a human scale.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 177.tif
(a) 
Porches and terraces provide necessary “eyes” on the street and private outdoor space; appropriate public/private transition.
(b) 
Durable materials stand the test of time.
(c) 
Single-family still functions very well with small front yard setbacks.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 178.tif
(a) 
Where outlined in the zoning plan, driveway access from streets is permitted.
(b) 
Parking and garage locations are limited to backyards only.
(c) 
Porous pavement provides stormwater benefits.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 179.tif
(a) 
Variety of architecture along street frontage provides personal identity and makes the journey for pedestrians more enjoyable.
(b) 
Small gable ends facing the street help to reduce the scale of the house mass.
(c) 
Horizontal banding helps reduce the perception of the vertical massing of the house.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 180.tif
(1) 
Zoning acreage: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(2) 
Maximum number of units: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(3) 
Single-family dwellings are the lowest density typology.
(4) 
Found as transition between the northern portion of the regional center and the adjacent residential environs.
(5) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(6) 
On-street parking.
(7) 
Vehicle access via alleys.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 181.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,150'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
25'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking shall be provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
(b) 
On-street parking shall be provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center):
[1] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 182.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Vertical breaks are encouraged.
[2] 
Material change, window lines and pediments are required as horizontal breaks.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
5,000 SF
10,000 SF
Lot width
50'
105'
Corner lot
50'
105'
Lot depth
90'
115'
Building coverage
50%
Impervious coverage
60%
Front yard setback
15'
16'
Side yard setback
5'
15'
Rear yard setback
20'
Accessory structure setbacks
Rear and side yard
2'
5'
Principal building
10'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
1.5
2.5
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Front yard fence height: three feet.
(b) 
Front yard hedge height: three feet.
(c) 
Side and rear yard fence height: five feet.
(d) 
Foundation plantings.
(e) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(f) 
Parking planting.
(g) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(h) 
Pergolas.
(i) 
Trellises.
(j) 
Arbors.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 183.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Balconies.
[8] 
Decorative cornices.
[9] 
First-floor colonnades.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Front porches.
[12] 
Porticos.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
3'
8'
Eave height
18'
28'
Window-to-eave offset
6'
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
16"
Window trim offset
4"
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Rear-loaded garage with windows and storage space.
(b) 
Individual garage doors.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Pool and deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
(b) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(c) 
In-ground pools are permitted.
(d) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
(e) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 184.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, wood and simulated clapboard or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[4] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[5] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[6] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Front porch
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required to be on public streets.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 35 feet or 2 1/2 stories.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades: 20%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks are required.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks. Use of material change, window lines and pediments is required.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped and salt box are permitted.
(b) 
Maximum length of roofline: 40 feet.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Wood and simulated clapboard.
(b) 
Brick.
(c) 
Stone.
(d) 
Stucco.
(e) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Cedar wood.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Front porches are required with minimum dimensions of eight feet by 10 feet.
(b) 
Rear decks are required at a minimum area of 160 square feet.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Freestanding garages are permitted.
(b) 
Sheds permitted are permitted at a maximum area of 120 square feet and height of eight feet.
(c) 
In-ground pools are permitted.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from sidewalks.
(2) 
Larger setback for units on Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road.
(3) 
Front doors shall be on public streets.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All yards must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(3) 
Front porches and walks are encouraged as public space transition.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Pergolas, trellises and arbors are permitted.
(2) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
N. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Maximum edge height for front yard: three feet.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet.
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yard: six feet.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Custom mailboxes.
(2) 
Foundation plantings are required.
(3) 
On-lot sidewalks.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement driveways are permitted.
(2) 
No parking in front yard.

§ 203-145. Flats.

A. 
Goal: to provide a mixture of unit sizes to address the needs and desires of seniors who wish to live in a walkable community with densities associated with single-family detached units on small individual lots.
B. 
Definition: a building or portion thereof designed for occupancy by three or more families living independently in which they share common entrances and other spaces and individual units may be owned as condominiums or offered for rent.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 185.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the flat unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 186.tif
(a) 
Prominent architectural features at key corners provide visual reference points in the town fabric.
(b) 
Terraces and balconies provide necessary outdoor space and an opportunity to modulate the scale of the architecture with vertical and horizontal breaks.
(c) 
Small private green spaces provide public/private transition.
(d) 
Cornice lines serve as horizontal breaks.
(e) 
The first floor height is differentiated from upper floor heights.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 187.tif
(a) 
Large windows serve to provide scale to the building as well as interior light for units.
(b) 
Bay windows provide design interest to the street facade.
(c) 
Balconies provide outdoor space for individual units while providing solar screens for lower-level windows.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 188.tif
(a) 
Flats reflect smaller family lifestyle choices.
(b) 
Large areas of units are devoted to entertaining space.
(c) 
Floor plans often emphasize the dramatic that takes advantage of town views.
(d) 
Typical loft units.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 189.tif
(a) 
Modern can coexist with traditional as long as well-established rules of scale, rhythm and materials choice are respected.
(b) 
Use of large windows and glass elements provides interest to the street elevation.
(c) 
Varying roof heights reduce the monotony of large buildings.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 190.tif
(1) 
Zoning acreage: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(2) 
Maximum number of residential flats: subject to Woolwich Adult Settlement Agreement.
(3) 
It is intended that a mix of housing types be provided.
(4) 
Buildings are permitted to be a maximum of 60 feet tall or five stories for buildings longer than 150 feet.
(5) 
No front yard parking.
(6) 
All vehicle access shall be via alleys or secondary streets.
(7) 
On-street parking, where permitted in the circulation plan.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 191.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
[4] 
Plazas.
[5] 
Mid-block pedestrian connections to respond to street grid.
[6] 
Bus shelters.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
300'
500'
Block perimeter
1,400'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
3
ROW width
20'
Path width
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking shall be provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
(b) 
On-street parking shall be provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[1] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(e) 
Tree grates.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 192.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Bike racks.
[2] 
Water features/fountains.
[3] 
Decorative pedestrian lighting.
[4] 
Litter containers.
[5] 
Architectural lighting.
[6] 
Benches.
[7] 
Clock towers.
[8] 
Kiosks.
[9] 
Public art.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
20,000 SF
Lot width
100'
Corner lot
100'
Lot depth
150'
Impervious coverage
85%
Front yard setback
10'
30'
Side yard setback
10'
Rear yard setback
20'
Building separation
20'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
0.8
1.3
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(b) 
Foundation plantings.
(c) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(d) 
Parking planting.
(e) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(f) 
Planters.
(g) 
Potted plants.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 193.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Balconies/Balconette.
[8] 
Decorative cornices.
[9] 
First-floor colonnades.
[10] 
Porte cocheres.
[11] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[12] 
Porches.
[13] 
Porticos.
[14] 
Arcades.
[15] 
Terraces.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
45'
60'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
2'
Upper front facade fenestration
30%
Lower front facade fenestration
60%
Side and rear facade fenestration
25%
Building face or roof offset
5'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Rear loaded garage with windows and storage space.
(b) 
Individual garage doors.
(c) 
Carports.
(d) 
Structured parking.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(b) 
Pools and spas are not permitted.
(c) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 194.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be flat, mansard or a combination thereof.
[4] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side yard encroachments
Terrace
8'
Patio
8'
10'
Bay window
8'
Awning
8'
Solar screen
8'
Balcony/Balconette
2'
8'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(a) 
Structured parking shall have a maximum height of two levels.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required to be on public streets.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 60 feet. For buildings with facades exceeding 100 feet, a maximum average building height of 55 feet shall be permitted, measured along the affected facade.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on upper front facade: 30%.
(c) 
Minimum area of window opening on front retail: 60%.
(d) 
Vertically line up windows.
(e) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(f) 
Minimum area of window opening on side and rear facades: 25%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks. Required every 30 feet minimum through use of offsets, fenestration, bay windows, balconies, balconettes or material change; requires minimum one foot offset.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Required at a minimum of one per every 24 feet of vertical height.
(b) 
May use banding, setbacks or material change.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat and mansard are permitted.
(b) 
Maximum length of roofline: 60 feet.
(c) 
Minimum offset: five feet.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
A prominent front entry feature is required.
(b) 
Balconies, balconettes, terraces and/or patios are required at one per unit.
(c) 
Bay windows are encouraged.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Structured parking is permitted.
(b) 
A freestanding garage is permitted.
(c) 
Carports are permitted.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from public sidewalks.
(2) 
Entry plazas and courts should be designed to welcome public use.
(3) 
Front doors or doors to common lobbies should be grand in scale and largely transparent to public space through the use of glass walls and doors.
(4) 
Canopies, awnings and overhangs are encouraged on the first floor with emphasis on the front doors.
(5) 
Screening of loading, service and trash storage areas is required.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All semi-public space (i.e., yards, courts, plazas) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses and ground cover or a combination of decorative paving and landscaping. Where appropriate, seating and lighting shall be provided.
(2) 
Semi-public space must be separated from public space by either a low garden wall, decorative fence (maximum of six feet high), hedge material or a combination of the three.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Residential storage space is required.
(2) 
Residential outdoor patio space is required.
N. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Parking lots adjacent to street edges must be screened with a four-and-half-foot-high hedge or masonry wall.
(2) 
Parking adjacent to a residential use must be screened with a minimum six-foot-high masonry wall or fence and must include a minimum three-foot-wide vegetated buffer that is a minimum of six feet high at time of planting.
(3) 
Lighting must be screened from residential uses.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Must provide at least one direct pedestrian connection to perimeter public streets per 150 feet of frontage.
(2) 
Connections must be a minimum of a ten-foot-wide path with five-foot-wide landscaped edges.
(3) 
Must provide textured pedestrian crosswalks internal to parking lots.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement and bioswales are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access shall be from alleys or secondary streets only.
(3) 
Maximum of one vehicle access point per secondary street frontage.

Article XX. Mixed-Use Commercial/Residential Walkable Neighborhood Center (AR-1) District

§ 203-146. Townhouse units.

A. 
Goal: to provide a mixture of unit sizes to address the needs and desires of those at various stages of life who wish to live in densities associated with townhouse living.
B. 
Definition: a one-family dwelling unit with a private entrance, attached horizontally in a linear arrangement, being located on a separate lot, and being separated from an adjoining dwelling unit by an approved wall extending from the foundation through the roof and structurally independent of the corresponding wall of the adjoining unit and having a totally exposed front and rear wall to be used for access, light and ventilation.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 195.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the townhouse unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 196.tif
(a) 
Bay windows work to provide street rhythm and to break down the horizontal scale.
(b) 
Small private front yard planting softens the street environment.
(c) 
Windows on the side facade enliven corner buildings.
(d) 
Stoops provide public/private transition.
(e) 
The front door is accentuated in scale.
(f) 
Durable materials stand up to the test of time.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 197.tif
(a) 
On a case-by-case basis, townhouses may be arranged in a courtyard configuration with front doors and garages facing a landscaped parking/multipurpose court.
(b) 
Modern can coexist with traditional as long as well-established roles of rhythm, scale and material choice are respected.
(c) 
Low garden walls define courtyard edges.
(d) 
High-quality landscaping and surface materials such as pavers are required in courtyards.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 198.tif
(a) 
Slight variations in dormer design reduce monotony in otherwise identical units.
(b) 
Low front yard garden walls provide appropriate public/private transition.
(c) 
A large mansard roof element accentuates horizontal breaks to respect human scale at the sidewalk level.
(d) 
Generous windows on the front facade provide internal light while animating the street and promoting safety.
(e) 
Roof gardens and decks provide necessary outdoor private space.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 199.tif
(a) 
Vertical and horizontal architectural offsets and material changes reinforce human scale at the street level.
(b) 
Windows turning the corner of the building acknowledge the special location at a street intersection.
(c) 
Solar screens provided reduce unit energy loads and provide horizontal breaks.
(d) 
Variations in window dimensions provide interest to the street and address scale and rhythm issues.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 200.tif
(1) 
Maximum number of units: 210 dwelling units.
(2) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(3) 
Townhouses are encouraged to provide architectural edges to open space.
(4) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(5) 
No front yard parking.
(6) 
All vehicle access via alleys.
(7) 
On-street parking.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 201.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,150'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking shall be provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
(b) 
On-street parking shall be provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[1] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 202.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
No more than eight units built in a row.
[2] 
Provide common mid-block crossing through building to rear alley if eight units are built.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
1,500 SF
2,625 SF
Lot width
20'
30'
Corner lot
20'
35'
Lot depth
75'
Building coverage
60%
Impervious coverage
80%
Front yard setback
5'
15'
Side yard setback
0'
15'
Rear yard setback
20'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
2.5
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Front yard hedge height: maximum of three feet.
(b) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(c) 
Foundation plantings.
(d) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(e) 
Parking planting.
(f) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(g) 
Pergolas.
(h) 
Trellises.
(i) 
Arbors.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 203.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Balconies/Balconettes.
[8] 
Decorative cornices.
[9] 
First-floor colonnades.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Usable open or covered stoops.
[12] 
Porticos.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
2'
5'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
1'
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
2'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Rear-loaded attached garages with windows and storage space.
(b) 
Individual garage doors.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
(b) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(c) 
Pools are not permitted.
(d) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
(e) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 204.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, stucco or similar material.
[2] 
Synthetic trim board.
[3] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[4] 
Roof types shall be flat, gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[5] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[6] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[7] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Stoop
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required to be on public streets.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 45 feet.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades: 20%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks: two-foot building offsets every 60 feet minimum.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Material changes, horizontal banding, window lines and pediments are required.
(b) 
A minimum of one break is required.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat, gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped and salt box are permitted.
(b) 
A minimum two-foot offset is required every 60 feet for multiple units.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Cedar wood.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Stoops are required.
(b) 
Balconies are encouraged.
(c) 
Decks are required at a minimum area of 160 square feet.
(10) 
Accessory structures: none.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from sidewalks.
(2) 
Front doors shall be on public streets.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings (i.e., yards) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(3) 
Front stoops are encouraged as public space transition.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Pergolas, trellises and arbors are permitted.
(2) 
Pools are not permitted.
(3) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
N. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Walls, fences, and hedges in front yards are prohibited.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet.
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yards: six feet.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Custom mailboxes.
(2) 
Foundation plantings required.
(3) 
On-lot sidewalks.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement driveways are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alleys only.
(3) 
No parking in front yards.

§ 203-147. Twin units with alleys.

A. 
Goal: to provide a mixture of unit sizes to address the needs and desires of those at various stages of life who wish to live in densities associated with twin living.
B. 
Definition: a one-family dwelling unit with a private entrance, attached horizontally in a linear arrangement to one other dwelling unit, each located on a separate lot, and being separated from each other by an approved wall extending from the foundation through the roof and structurally independent of the corresponding wall of the adjoining unit and having a totally exposed front and rear wall to be used for access, light and ventilation.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 205.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the twin unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 206.tif
(a) 
Front porches provide entry features and a sitting area to converse and interact with passers-by.
(b) 
Roof offsets combined with porches help to provide appropriate scale and rhythm.
(c) 
Small front yards provide adequate privacy.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 207.tif
(a) 
Modern can coexist with traditional as long as well-established rules of rhythm, scale and material choice are respected.
(b) 
Generous window dimensions animate the facade and help provide appropriate vertical and horizontal scale and rhythm.
(c) 
Two-foot vertical offsets conform to rules of vertical offsets.
(d) 
Garden walls and front gardens serve as public/private transition.
(e) 
Material change provides vertical breaks.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 208.tif
(a) 
When appropriately scaled, twins can serve as transition units between townhouses and single-family detached units.
(b) 
Twins need not be identical.
(c) 
First- and second-floor porches and terraces provide necessary “eyes” on the street and private outdoor space.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 209.tif
(a) 
Simple architecture following basic rules can be attractive.
(b) 
A wrap-around porch can add a unique architectural element.
(c) 
The low front yard fence provides appropriate public/private transition.
(d) 
A water table element provides horizontal offset.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 210.tif
(1) 
Maximum number of units: 162 dwelling units.
(2) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(3) 
Twins are found in less dense areas of neighborhoods acting as a transition between flats/townhouses and single-family detached units.
(4) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(5) 
No front yard parking.
(6) 
Vehicle access via alleys.
(7) 
On-street parking.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 211.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimize
Maximize
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,150'
1,850'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking shall be provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
(b) 
On-street parking shall be provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[1] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 212.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Required break at party wall with adjacent twin.
[2] 
Vertical breaks with window treatment encouraged: bays, projections or recesses.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
3,000 SF
6,250 SF
Lot width
40'
Corner lot
40'
Lot depth
75'
125'
Building coverage
60%
Impervious coverage
80%
Front yard setback
15'
30'
Side yard setback
10'
15'
Rear yard setback
20'
Accessory structure setbacks
Rear and side yard
2'
5'
Principal building
10'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
1.5
2.5
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Front yard fence height: maximum of three feet.
(b) 
Front yard hedge height: maximum of three feet.
(c) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(d) 
Foundation plantings.
(e) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(f) 
Parking planting.
(g) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(h) 
Pergolas.
(i) 
Trellises.
(j) 
Arbors.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 213.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Balconies/Balconettes.
[8] 
Decorative cornices.
[9] 
First-floor colonnades.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Front porches.
[12] 
Usable open or covered stoops.
[13] 
Porticos.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
2'
5'
Eave height
24'
36'
Window-to-eave offset
1'
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
2'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Rear-loaded garages with windows and storage space.
(b) 
Individual garage doors.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Pool and deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
(b) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(c) 
In-ground pools are permitted.
(d) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
(e) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 214.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, wood and simulated clapboard or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[4] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[5] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[6] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Front porch
8'
Stoop
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required to be on public streets.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 45 feet.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades: 20%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks.
(a) 
Required offset at party wall with adjacent twin: two-foot minimum.
(b) 
Vertical breaks with window treatment, such as bays, projections and recesses, are encouraged.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Material changes, horizontal banding, window lines and pediments are required.
(b) 
Required number of breaks: one minimum.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat, gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped and salt box are permitted.
(b) 
Required break at party wall with adjacent twin: minimum two-foot offset.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Wood and simulated clapboard.
(b) 
Brick.
(c) 
Stone.
(d) 
Stucco.
(e) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Cedar wood.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Front porches are required with a minimum dimension of eight feet by 10 feet.
(b) 
Bay windows are encouraged.
(c) 
Rear decks are required at a minimum area of 160 square feet.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Freestanding garages are permitted.
(b) 
Sheds are permitted at a maximum area of 120 square feet and height of eight feet.
(c) 
In-ground pools are permitted.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from sidewalks.
(2) 
Front doors shall be on public streets.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All yards must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Semi-public space must be separated from public space by either a low garden wall, decorative fence, hedge or combination of the three. Fences in front yards shall have a maximum height of three feet. Fences in side and rear yards shall have a maximum height of six feet high.
(3) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(4) 
Usable open or covered stoops are encouraged as public space transition.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Pergolas, trellises and arbors are permitted.
(2) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
N. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Maximum edge height for front yard: three feet.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet.
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yard: six feet.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Custom mailboxes.
(2) 
Foundation plantings are required.
(3) 
On-lot sidewalks.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement driveways are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access from alley or secondary street only.
(3) 
No parking in front yard.

§ 203-148. Single-family detached units with alleys.

A. 
Goal: to provide a mixture of unit sizes to address the needs and desires of those at various stages of life who wish to live in a walkable community with densities associated with single-family detached units on small individual lots.
B. 
Definition: a detached single dwelling unit on its own lot designed for or used exclusively by one family.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 215.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the single-family detached unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 216.tif
(a) 
Bays, vertical elements, window dimensions and window locations work together to break down the scale of an otherwise large house.
(b) 
Special consideration is given to front door design.
(c) 
Sensitive use of varied materials reduces monotony and helps provide a human scale.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 217.tif
(a) 
Porches and terraces provide necessary “eyes” on the street and private outdoor space; appropriate public/private transition.
(b) 
Durable materials stand the test of time.
(c) 
Single-family still functions very well with small front yard setbacks.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 218.tif
(a) 
Where outlined in the zoning plan, driveway access from streets is permitted.
(b) 
Parking and garage locations limited to backyards only.
(c) 
Porous pavement provides stormwater benefit.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 219.tif
(a) 
Variety of architecture along street frontage provides personal identity and makes the journey for pedestrians more enjoyable.
(b) 
Small gable ends facing the street help to reduce the scale of the house mass.
(c) 
Horizontal banding helps reduce the perception of the vertical massing of the house.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 220.tif
(1) 
Maximum number of residential units: 130 dwelling units.
(2) 
Densities: See TDR Market Analysis.
(3) 
Single-family dwellings are the lowest density typology.
(4) 
A variety of unit sizes must be offered.
(5) 
On-street parking is permitted.
(6) 
Vehicle access via alleys.
F. 
Blocks.
203 Image 221.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces accessible and visible to the public.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
175'
500'
Block perimeter
1,150'
1,800'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
(a) 
Off-street parking shall be provided through alley-loaded driveways and garages.
(b) 
On-street parking shall be provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Street tree spacing (distance on center).
[1] 
Minimum: 36 feet.
[2] 
Maximum: 50 feet.
(b) 
Planting buffers.
(c) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(d) 
Custom mailboxes.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
G. 
Site.
203 Image 222.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Vertical breaks are encouraged.
[2] 
Material change, window lines and pediments are required as horizontal breaks.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Lot area
11,000 SF
13,000 SF
Lot width
70'
105'
Corner lot
70'
105'
Lot depth
125'
175'
Building coverage
50%
Impervious coverage
60%
Front yard setback
20'
15'
Side yard setback
5'
15'
Rear yard setback
20'
Accessory structure setbacks
Rear and side yard
2'
5'
Principal building
10'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Ratio (spots/du)
1.5
2.5
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Front yard fence height: maximum of three feet.
(b) 
Front yard hedge height: maximum of three feet.
(c) 
Side and rear yard fence height: maximum of six feet.
(d) 
Foundation plantings.
(e) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(f) 
Parking planting.
(g) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(h) 
Pergolas.
(i) 
Trellises.
(j) 
Arbors.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(b) 
Xeriscape.
(c) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(d) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
H. 
Public realm.
203 Image 223.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Balconies.
[8] 
Decorative cornices.
[9] 
First-floor colonnades.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Front porches.
[12] 
Porticos.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
30'
45'
First floor elevation
3'
8'
Eave height
18'
28'
Window-to-eave offset
6"
Front facade fenestration
30%
Side and rear facade fenestration
20%
Building face or roof offset
16"
Window trim offset
4"
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Rear-loaded garage with windows and storage space.
(b) 
Individual garage doors.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Pool and deck setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of 10 feet.
(b) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(c) 
In-ground pools are permitted.
(d) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
(e) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
I. 
Private realm.
203 Image 224.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, wood and simulated clapboard or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be clad in cedar wood shingles, raised-seam metal, slate, architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped, salt box or combinations thereof.
[4] 
Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone or stucco.
[5] 
Chimney tops shall have decorative details.
[6] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Front porch
8'
Bay window
4'
Awning
4'
Solar screen
4'
Balcony/Balconette
4'
Rear deck
8'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Garage height
10'
15'
Garage width
14'
24'
Garage depth
25'
Garage setback
20'
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
J. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors are required to be on public streets.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 35 feet or 2 1/2 stories.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on front facades: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal.
(e) 
Minimum area of windows on side and rear facades: 20%.
(4) 
Vertical breaks are required.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks. Use of material change, window lines and pediments is required.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Gable, gambrel, mansard, hipped and salt box are permitted.
(b) 
Maximum length of roofline: 40 feet.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Wood and simulated clapboard.
(b) 
Brick.
(c) 
Stone.
(d) 
Stucco.
(e) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt roof shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal roof.
(c) 
Tiles.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Cedar wood.
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Front porches are required with minimum dimensions of eight feet by 10 feet.
(b) 
Rear decks are required at a minimum area of 160 square feet.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Freestanding garages are permitted.
(b) 
Sheds permitted are permitted at a maximum area of 120 square feet and height of eight feet.
(c) 
In-ground pools are permitted.
K. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be set back from sidewalks.
(2) 
Larger setback for units on Swedesboro-Paulsboro Road.
(3) 
Front doors shall be on public streets.
L. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All yards must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses or ground cover.
(2) 
Bioswales and rain gardens are permitted.
(3) 
Front porches and walks are encouraged as public space transition.
M. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Pergolas, trellises and arbors are permitted.
(2) 
Spas are only permitted on or within a rear deck.
N. 
Edge, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Edge treatments may include walls, fences, and hedges.
(2) 
Maximum edge height for front yard: three feet.
(3) 
Maximum edge height for side yards: six feet.
(4) 
Maximum edge height for rear yard: six feet.
O. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Custom mailboxes.
(2) 
Foundation plantings are required.
(3) 
On-lot sidewalks.
P. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement driveways are permitted.
(2) 
No parking in front yard.

§ 203-149. Auburn Village retail.

A. 
Goal: to provide mixed-use commercial buildings that allow for retail and/or office space in individual or attached buildings.
B. 
Definition: a building that contains either retail uses on ground floor levels and office on upper levels or buildings that solely contain office space, either multiple or single tenants.
C. 
Zoning Map.
203 Image 225.tif
D. 
The following examples best embody the purpose, goals and objectives of the Auburn Village retail unit:
(1) 
Photo 1.
203 Image 226.tif
(a) 
Recessed storefronts provide architectural interest and solar screening.
(b) 
Second-story office space is acceptable. It provides opportunity to meet local needs as well as legitimizing the design of two-story architecture. Fake second stories are not encouraged. Clear stories are acceptable.
(c) 
Small raised seating platforms serve as local outdoor meeting places and opportunities for a village cafe.
(2) 
Photo 2.
203 Image 227.tif
(a) 
Single-story retail is acceptable. Windows in the second floor are acceptable if they serve a purpose such as a "clear story."
(b) 
Storefronts should be individualized and a twenty-five-foot to thirty-five-foot storefront rhythm respected to match the village scale.
(c) 
Architecture should be designed with the intent of providing logical locations for facade signage.
(3) 
Photo 3.
203 Image 228.tif
(a) 
Side and rear yard parking courts are permitted. Storefronts may face directly onto parking courts.
(b) 
Parking courts should be kept to a small scale and should use pavement patterns to signify that the space is shared by both pedestrians and automobiles.
(4) 
Photo 4.
203 Image 229.tif
(a) 
Awnings and arbors provide architectural interest plus provide shade for users.
(b) 
Freestanding buildings are acceptable. They can be joined to other buildings by means of arbors, pergolas and arcades.
E. 
Size and scope.
203 Image 230.tif
(1) 
Zone acreage: 6.0 acres.
(2) 
FAR: 0.2 or approximately 50,000 square feet.
(3) 
Density: See TDR Market Analysis.
F. 
Site.
203 Image 231.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Contextual neighborhood consistency.
[2] 
Special architectural features at corners.
[3] 
Public and private outdoor spaces shall be accessible and visible to the public.
[4] 
Plazas.
[5] 
Mid-block pedestrian connections to respond to grid.
[6] 
Bus shelters.
[7] 
Bike racks.
[8] 
Water features/fountains.
[9] 
Decorative pedestrian lighting.
[10] 
Litter containers.
[11] 
Architectural lighting.
[12] 
Benches.
[13] 
Clock towers.
[14] 
Kiosks.
[15] 
Public art.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Block length
250'
500'
Block perimeter
1,000'
2,000'
Sidewalk width
5'
10'
Planting strip width
4'
10'
Mid-block crossings
Number per block
1
3
ROW width
15'
20'
Path width
5'
10'
Decorative streetlighting (distance on center)
50'
75'
Lot area
20,000 SF
Lot width
100'
Corner lot
100'
Lot depth
150'
Impervious coverage
90%
Front yard setback
10'
30'
Side yard setback
10'
Rear yard setback
20'
Building separation
20'
(2) 
Parking.
Minimum
Maximum
Alley width
ROW
22'
25'
Cartway
18'
21'
Alley access points
2
3
On-street stalls
Length
20'
Width
8'
Ratio (spots/du)
0.8
1.3
Driveway length
20'
Driveway width
8'
12'
(a) 
Off-street parking shall be provided through alley-loaded driveways.
(b) 
On-street parking shall be provided through parallel stalls.
(c) 
Porous pavement.
(d) 
Belgian block curbing.
(e) 
Driveways shall be constructed of colored asphalt, scored concrete, decorative paving blocks or porous pavement.
(f) 
Nonresidential parking shall be provided at a ratio of four spots per 1,000 square feet.
(g) 
Shared parking shall be conditionally permitted.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
Minimum
Maximum
Street tree spacing (distance on center)
36'
50'
Side and rear yard fence height
6'
(a) 
Planting buffers.
(b) 
Maximize uniqueness to street.
(c) 
Custom mailboxes.
(d) 
Tree grates.
(e) 
Foundation plantings.
(f) 
Planting buffers between different land uses.
(g) 
Parking planting.
(h) 
Screen ground-mounted utility boxes.
(i) 
Planters.
(j) 
Potted plants.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
Porous pavement and rain gardens are encouraged for on-street parking lanes.
(b) 
Deciduous street trees are encouraged to lower summer cooling load.
(c) 
Trees to modulate microclimate.
(d) 
Long-life trees are encouraged to maximize green infrastructure funds.
(e) 
Xeriscape.
(f) 
Nonexotic, noninvasive species are encouraged to minimize water needs.
(g) 
Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens, and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
G. 
Public realm.
203 Image 232.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Dormers.
[2] 
Gables.
[3] 
Recessed entries.
[4] 
Cupolas or towers.
[5] 
Pillars or posts.
[6] 
Bay windows.
[7] 
Decorative cornices.
[8] 
First-floor colonnades.
[9] 
Porte cocheres.
[10] 
Decorative patterns on exterior finishes.
[11] 
Porches.
[12] 
Porticos.
[13] 
Arcades.
[14] 
Terraces.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
Building height
20'
45'
Eave height
18'
40'
Window-to-eave offset
6"
Upper front facade fenestration
30%
Lower front facade fenestration
70%
Side and rear facade fenestration
25%
Building face or roof offset
5'
(2) 
Parking.
(a) 
Carports.
(b) 
Structured parking.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Patio setback from side and rear property lines: minimum of five feet.
(b) 
Gutters shall be architecturally compatible with a building.
(4) 
Environment.
(a) 
North-south building orientation.
(b) 
Solar screens.
(c) 
Solar panels.
(d) 
Discharge spouts shall have splash parts or be discharged underground.
H. 
Private realm.
203 Image 233.tif
(1) 
Architecture and design.
(a) 
Design elements.
[1] 
Building walls shall be brick, stone, synthetic trim board, stucco, or similar material.
[2] 
Roof materials shall be raised-seam metal, slate architectural asphalt shingles, tiles or similar material.
[3] 
Roof types shall be flat, mansard or combinations thereof.
[4] 
All rooftop equipment shall be screened from view.
(b) 
Specifications.
Minimum
Maximum
First story clear height
10'
15'
Roof pitch
9/12
Front and side encroachments
Bay window
8'
Awning
8'
Solar screen
8'
Balcony/Balconette
8'
Rear deck
8'
Terrace
8'
Patio
8'
10'
(2) 
Parking. Structured parking shall have a maximum height of two levels.
(3) 
Edges and buffers.
(a) 
Window boxes.
(b) 
Espaliers.
(c) 
Roof decks/gardens.
(d) 
Green roofs.
(e) 
Garden walls may be brick, stone or stucco to match the principal building.
(f) 
Side and rear yard fences may be wood picket, wrought iron or materials similar in appearance and durability.
(g) 
All side and rear yard fences over four feet in height shall be wood or similar material (shadow box design).
(4) 
Environment. Bioswales, cisterns, rain gardens and porous pavement driveway material are encouraged to aid in reducing stormwater runoff.
I. 
Architectural notes.
(1) 
Building orientation.
(a) 
Buildings shall be oriented to the street with primary pedestrian access points directly accessing the street facade. Front doors to upper floor uses are permitted on secondary facades.
(b) 
At least 50% of a building's front facade must be built to the minimum setback line.
(c) 
Buildings shall be oriented to maximize winter solar gain, consistent with the north/south orthogonal grid.
(d) 
Buildings should be built to the sidewalk, public square or plaza edge.
(2) 
Building height. Maximum building height shall be 45 feet.
(3) 
Fenestration.
(a) 
No blank facades or walls are permitted.
(b) 
Minimum area of window opening on all facade upper floors: 30%.
(c) 
Vertically line up windows.
(d) 
Windows shall be more vertical than horizontal
(e) 
Minimum area of windows opening on first-floor retail public facades: 70%.
(f) 
Retail windows must remain unobstructed on interior spaces.
(4) 
Vertical breaks.
(a) 
Required every 30 feet minimum through the use of offsets, fenestration, bay windows, balconies, balconettes or material change.
(b) 
Maximum length of storefront: 60 feet.
(5) 
Horizontal breaks.
(a) 
Required at a minimum of one per every 24 feet of vertical height.
(b) 
May use banding, setbacks or material change.
(c) 
First-floor retail shall have a minimum clear height of 16 feet.
(6) 
Roofline.
(a) 
Flat and mansard are permitted.
(b) 
Maximum length of roofline: 60 feet.
(c) 
Minimum offset: five feet.
(7) 
Building materials.
(a) 
Brick.
(b) 
Stone.
(c) 
Stucco.
(d) 
Synthetic trim boards.
(8) 
Roof materials.
(a) 
Architectural asphalt shingles.
(b) 
Raised-seam metal.
(c) 
Tile.
(d) 
Slate.
(e) 
Metal panels (accent).
(9) 
Appurtenances (porches, stoops, balconies, balconettes, bay windows).
(a) 
Storefronts are encouraged to have awnings.
(b) 
Storefronts must provide sign plate area.
(c) 
Pop-out cafe windows are permitted.
(d) 
Storefronts are encouraged to be open and inviting to the public.
(e) 
Bay windows are encouraged.
(10) 
Accessory structures.
(a) 
Structured parking is permitted.
(b) 
Freestanding garages are permitted.
J. 
Public space notes.
(1) 
Fronts of buildings shall be built to public sidewalks.
(2) 
Street furniture and amenities are encouraged.
(3) 
Entry plazas and courts should be designed to welcome public use.
(4) 
Large storefront windows are required on first floors. Windows may be framed in wood.
(5) 
First-floor retail.
(6) 
Screening of loading, service and trash areas is required.
K. 
Semi-public space notes.
(1) 
All semi-public space (i.e., yards, courts, plazas) must be fully appointed with landscaping of trees, shrubs and ground cover or a combination of decorative paving and landscaping. Where appropriate, seating and lighting shall be provided.
(2) 
Semi-public space must be separated from public space by either a low garden wall, decorative fence (maximum of six feet high), hedge material or a combination of the three.
L. 
Private space notes.
(1) 
Storage space is required.
(2) 
Outdoor patio space is required.
M. 
Edges, buffers and transitions notes.
(1) 
Parking lots adjacent to street edges must be screened with a four-and-one-half-foot-high hedge or masonry wall.
(2) 
Parking adjacent to residential uses must be screened with a minimum six-foot-high masonry wall or fence and must include a three-foot-wide vegetated buffer that is a minimum of six feet high at the time of planting.
(3) 
Lighting must be screened from residential uses.
N. 
Amenity notes.
(1) 
Must provide at least one direct pedestrian connection between the parking and main street commercial per 150 feet of commercial frontage.
(2) 
Connection must be a minimum of ten-foot-wide path with five-foot-wide landscaped edges.
(3) 
Must provide textured pedestrian crosswalks internal to parking lots.
O. 
Parking amenities/access notes.
(1) 
Porous pavement and bioswales are permitted.
(2) 
Vehicle access shall be from alleys or secondary streets only.
(3) 
Maximum of one vehicle access point per secondary street frontage.
(4) 
Lighting must be shielded from residential uses.
(5) 
Must provide one pedestrian connection between parking and commercial main street every 200 feet minimum.

Article XXI. Comprehensive Sign Plan

§ 203-150. Mixed Use Commercial/Residential Walkable Town Center (RC-1); Mixed Use Commercial/Residential Walkable Neighborhood Center (AR-1).

A comprehensive sign plan shall be provided which has a consistent sign design theme throughout the Town Center or Neighborhood Center. The color of letters and background shall be carefully considered in relation to the color of the materials of the building(s) and where the signs are proposed to be located. All building signs shall be compatible with the architecture of the building and shall be a subordinate rather than predominant feature of any building. If a project is submitted as a general development plan (GDP) and meets the requirements of a GDP, the Joint Land Use Board has the discretion to review and approve a separate comprehensive sign package that is different than the following sign ordinance for the parcels associated with the GDP.
A. 
Purpose.
(1) 
To implement and enforce the sign regulations set forth below.
(2) 
To encourage signage compatible with the character of buildings and integrated with the building's architectural design and other signs on and in the vicinity of the building.
(3) 
To promote creativity in signage design, utilizing high-quality materials and craftsmanship and to develop a distinctive image.
(4) 
To encourage efficient use of signage to avoid visual clutter.
(5) 
To protect the public health, safety and welfare by promoting signage that effectively identifies establishments and is visible to both pedestrians and motorists alike.
B. 
Sign approval and enforcement procedures.
(1) 
Any person wishing to erect, alter, modify or expand any sign shall first apply to the lessor (property owner) or its property management agent for review and approval of such sign improvement relative to an approved comprehensive sign plan. Upon receipt of such approval in writing, such person shall then apply to the Township Planner and Township Building Department for all necessary permits. The applicant shall provide all information and materials for the proposed sign(s) necessary for the property owner and the Township Planner to determine compliance with the approved comprehensive sign plan.
(2) 
If the Township Planner determines the proposed sign(s) conforms to the applicable comprehensive sign plan standards and restrictions, he/she shall issue zoning approval for such sign. Notwithstanding the following requirements, the Township Planner shall have limited discretion in the administration of these standards. In the exercise of that discretion, he/she may approve a sign that deviates in a minor way from such standards, if he/she determines that the sign(s) substantially conforms to the requirements set forth in the standards.
(3) 
The Township Planner shall have the final authority to approve or deny a proposed sign request, to direct the removal of any sign installed without such approval, and to enforce all provisions contained in this Part 2.
(4) 
Failure to comply with such provisions may result in enforcement action by the Township Planner, which may lead to the imposition of penalties, including fines, as provided by the Township Code.
(5) 
Any person aggrieved by a compliance decision rendered by the Township Planner may appeal such decision to the municipal board having jurisdiction over such matters as determined by the Township Planner after conferring with the Township Attorney.
C. 
General standards.
(1) 
The sign regulations set forth in the Township Code, Article VIII, shall control for sign standards not otherwise enumerated in these regulations or this sign plan.
(2) 
Flags and emblems of a government organization or of a political, civil, philanthropic, educational or religious organization are exempt from all provisions of the Township Code and this sign plan.
(3) 
No exposed raceways, ballast boxes or electrical signs shall be permitted.
(4) 
Sign company names or stamps shall be concealed (applicable ordinances and codes permitting).
(5) 
Public safety decals in minimum sizes may be used, subject to compliance with all applicable codes.
(6) 
Tenants shall not use or affix to a building or window, temporarily or permanently, any stickers or paper, cardboard, plastic or other similar low-quality signs; nor shall banners, pennants and/or flag-type signs of various materials be so used.
(7) 
No merchandise, wall storage units or equipment of any sort shall be placed in front of building windows so as to obscure views into and out of the building.
(8) 
Signs that are necessary for the safe movement of traffic or other directional assistance shall be permitted, provided they follow the materials, colors, and letter type standards approved for such signage. All signage of this type shall be approved by the Township Planner and lessor or lessor's authorized agent prior to installation.
(9) 
Special mounting standards shall be used for traffic directional, handicapped parking and other similar on-site signage. Signs shall comply with Subtitle 1 of Title 39 (Standard Traffic Signs) and be mounted utilizing the special design details for such signs approved for the project.
(10) 
Drawings showing letter sizes, letter type, fabrication, and installation shall have to be approved and signed by the lessor or lessor's authorized agent.
(11) 
After a tenant has vacated the premises, the lessor shall be responsible for the removal of all prior tenant signage and restoration of areas where such signage was located to the original condition, including painting and patching, if necessary.
(12) 
Signs, including bracing and support structures, shall be compatible with the principal structure to which they are attached in both overall design and materials.
(13) 
All signs shall be securely attached to the building by means of metal anchors, bolts or expansion screws, subject to any required review and approval by the Township Building Department.
(14) 
Architectural features of the principal structure shall not be obscured by any sign or its supporting structures or braces.
(15) 
No sign shall be affixed to any roof, tree, fence, utility pole or similar structure.
(16) 
No vehicle shall be parked in such a manner that it serves as a means of advertising.
(17) 
Animated, moving and fluttering signs (including business-related banners, flags and pennants), blinking, flashing, sparkling or glittering signs are prohibited. Signs that produce glare or use bare bulbs, such as exposed neon and other exposed tube signs, as well as signs that use bright day-glo or fluorescent colors are prohibited. Signs that obstruct pedestrian traffic, such as sandwich board and other portable signs, are prohibited.
(18) 
No permanent sign shall be painted directly on the surface of any wall, building, fence or similar structure.
(19) 
The maximum graphic content coverage of any sign shall not exceed 70% of the sign face.
(20) 
No sign shall have more than two faces, and such faces shall be parallel to each other.
(21) 
Every permitted sign, including window lettering and exterior signs, shall be constructed using high-quality materials and shall be kept in good condition and repair at all times. All signs to the contrary shall be removed. The responsibility of making sure this requirement is satisfied shall primarily rest with the lessor of the property.
(22) 
Internally illuminated sign boxes or individual letter signs with translucent faces are prohibited.
(23) 
Inflatable or similar such signs shall be prohibited.
(24) 
All changeable copy signs are prohibited, except for permitted menu board type signs and permitted office tenant directory signs.
(25) 
Nonadvertising or noncommercial signs that are part of and accessory to bus shelters, pay phones, trash receptacles and other similar street furniture shall be permitted.
(26) 
Holiday window painting or decorations such as for Halloween, Thanksgiving, Christmas, etc. shall be permitted and exempt from window sign limitations. However, such painting or decorations shall contain no reference to named goods or services, and any text shall be strictly limited to reference to the applicable holiday and shall not include reference to any sales, promotions, merchandise or services. In addition, all such decorations shall be removed within 10 days of the applicable holiday.
(27) 
All business establishments above the street level shall be prohibited from installing or otherwise placing any signage on the exterior of the building or in the windows of such building. This includes both permanent and temporary signs of any kind.
(28) 
Permanent signs that advertise continuous sales, special prices, etc., are prohibited.
D. 
Sign area measurement.
(1) 
The area of a sign shall be computed based on the area of the actual sign face, exclusive of any supporting structure or bracing. Where a sign has two parallel faces, only one of the faces shall be measured to determine the area of the sign.
(2) 
The surface area of a sign shall be calculated by enclosing the extreme limits of all lettering, background, symbol or logo, representations, or other display within a single continuous boundary forming a square or rectangle.
E. 
Sign design standards.
(1) 
For the purpose of determining maximum permitted sign area, minimum and maximum permitted letter height and the number of signs permitted, the following sign types are identified:
(a) 
Awning/Canopy signs.
(b) 
Facade/Wall signs.
(c) 
Projecting/Hanging signs.
(d) 
Window signs.
(e) 
Office tenant directory signs.
(2) 
Awning/Canopy signs.
203 Image 234.tif 203 Image 235.tif
(a) 
Specifications.
[1] 
Maximum area: three square feet.
[2] 
Maximum sign length: six feet.
[3] 
Maximum letter size: eight inches.
(b) 
The terms "awning" and "canopy" as used in these sign standards are used interchangeably and shall be considered synonymous.
(c) 
Awnings and canopies shall extend no farther than possible as a self-supporting structure (no visible vertical support poles or columns), shall be compatible with the building window treatment, and shall not dominate the building elevation where such structure is proposed. All awnings and canopies shall be coordinated and compatible with other existing or proposed awnings and canopies on the building. Signage shall be placed on the front valance portion of the awning structure only; for non-fabric-type canopies, signage may be located along the upper edge of the front portion of the canopy, in a manner that is compatible and complementary to the design and appearance of the building on which it is located.
(d) 
Noncommercial product logos and signature marks shall be permitted on a case-by-case basis subject to the Design Standards for Signs.
(3) 
Facade/Wall signs.
203 Image 236.tif 203 Image 237.tif
203 Image 238.tif 203 Image 239.tif
(a) 
Specifications.
[1] 
Maximum area: one square foot per linear foot of storefront up to 24 square feet.
[2] 
Maximum sign height: 24 inches.
[3] 
Maximum sign length: 12 feet.
[4] 
Maximum lettering size: 16 inches, one line of text; eight inches, two lines of text (not to exceed two lines of text).
[5] 
Minimum height above sidewalk: eight feet, unless greater height required by building code.
[6] 
Maximum height above sidewalk: 14 feet and shall not extend above the base of the second floor window sill. All such signs shall be coordinated with the placement of other such signs along the same building elevation and, where possible, shall be located within areas of the building elevation intended to accommodate such signage. Signs shall not cover doors, windows or architectural details.
(b) 
Noncommercial product logos and signature marks shall be permitted on a case-by-case basis subject to the Design Standards for Signs.
(c) 
Facade/Wall signs shall not project above the edge of the roof or beyond the side walls of a structure.
(d) 
A wall sign shall be located where architectural features or details suggest a location, size or shape for the sign. Generally, the best location for a wall sign is generally a band or blank area between the first and second floors of a building.
(e) 
New wall signs shall be placed consistent with sign locations on adjacent buildings. This can establish visual continuity among storefronts.
(f) 
No facade/wall sign or individual lettering shall project more than three inches from the surface to which such sign or lettering is attached.
(g) 
Restaurants, cafes, luncheonettes, delicatessens and similar establishments shall also be permitted one wall-mounted or hung display board for the purpose of displaying the establishment's menu, announcing daily specials, etc. Such display board shall be made of high-quality materials, whether wood or metal, with a high-quality finish and a high level of design detail, making it both compatible and complementary to the design and appearance of the building on which it is located. Such sign shall be located adjacent to the entrance to the establishment and shall be limited to three square feet in total area.
(h) 
Internally illuminated box signs and individual letter signs with translucent faces are prohibited.
(i) 
Lettering shall not occupy more than 70% of the area where the sign is placed to avoid a cluttered look.
(4) 
Projecting/Hanging signs.
203 Image 240.tif 203 Image 241.tif
203 Image 242.tif 203 Image 243.tif
(a) 
Specifications.
[1] 
Maximum area: eight square feet, no wider or longer than four feet; although signs exceeding such limits may be permitted if deemed consistent with the Design Standards for Signs (see Section 13 below) and approved by the Township Planner/Zoning Officer.
[2] 
Maximum lettering size: 16 inches, one line of text; eight inches, two or mores lines of text.
[3] 
Minimum height above sidewalk: eight feet.
[4] 
Maximum height above sidewalk grade: 14 feet and shall not extend above the floor level of the second floor of the building.
[5] 
Height above sidewalk: minimum of eight feet, unless greater clearance is required by the building code, but no greater than 14 feet or higher than the height of the first floor of the building, whichever is less.
(b) 
Noncommercial product logos and signature marks shall be permitted on a case-by-case basis subject to the Design Standards for Signs.
(c) 
One per tenant, located near main entrance and external illumination only.
(d) 
Sign supports and brackets shall be compatible with the design and scale of the sign.
(e) 
Internal illumination of a projecting sign is prohibited.
(f) 
Projecting signs shall be constructed of metal, wood or high-density preformed foam or similar material made to look like wood, as approved by the Township Planner/Zoning Officer (see page 12, "sign materials").
(g) 
The text, copy, or logo face shall not exceed 70% of the sign face of a projecting sign.
(h) 
The sign shall be hung at a ninety-degree angle from the face of the building.
(i) 
No hanging or projecting sign shall have a sign face that has a depth of less than two inches.
(j) 
One per business frontage shall be permitted.
(k) 
Only permanent signs that are an integral part of the awning or canopy shall be allowed.
(l) 
The sign or logo shall not occupy more than 60% of the awning valance or the bottom 10 inches of the awning if a valance is not present.
(m) 
Sign or logo shall not occupy more than 60% of the awning valance or the bottom 10 inches of the awning if a valance is not present.
(n) 
Awning signs shall not be internally illuminated.
(o) 
Awning signs shall be regularly cleaned and kept free of dust and visible defects.
(p) 
Where applicable, awnings may contain street numbers, but telephone numbers or product advertising and product logos are prohibited.
(5) 
Window signs (permanent window lettering on glass).
203 Image 244.tif 203 Image 245.tif 203 Image 246.tif
(a) 
Specifications.
[1] 
Maximum area: six square feet or 30% of a window area, whichever is less (including any sign background/design details), but in no case longer or wider than six feet.
[2] 
Maximum lettering height: eight inches.
(b) 
Noncommercial product logos and signature marks shall be permitted on a case-by-case basis subject to the Design Standards for Signs.
(c) 
Interior signage other than window signage, that is clearly visible and positioned to be readily seen from outside the building, shall be prohibited.
(d) 
Window signs shall be limited to individual letters placed on the interior surface of the window and intended to be viewed from outside. Glass-mounted graphic logos may be applied by silk screening or prespaced vinyl die-cut forms.
(e) 
The window lettering or sign shall pertain only to the establishment occupying that portion of the premises where the window is located.
(f) 
The text or sign copy of a window sign shall be limited to the business name and brief messages identifying the type of product or service or pertinent information (e.g., "reservations required" or business hours).
(g) 
Window signs indicting that an establishment is "Open" or "Closed" for business shall be permitted; maximum one square foot in area and no more than one sign per business frontage. They shall be considered accessory to window signs and shall not be included in incidental window sign area calculations.
(h) 
Window lettering or signs that have an exterior source of illumination or include moving or animated images or text are specifically prohibited.
(i) 
Building space leasing signs shall be permitted as follows: one six-square-foot sign per street frontage for each leased space or one twelve-square-foot sign per street frontage when more than one space is available for lease in a building.
(6) 
Office tenant directory signs (outside building).
203 Image 247.tif 203 Image 248.tif
(a) 
Specifications.
[1] 
Maximum area: six square feet; no wider or taller than three feet.
[2] 
Minimum letter height: none.
[3] 
Maximum lettering height: two inches.
[4] 
Maximum height above sidewalk: six feet.
[5] 
Maximum one per building and only to be used for upper-story tenants.
(b) 
Shall be located at the principal entrance to the building serving tenants identified on the directory, shall be affixed directly to the building face and located, where possible, perpendicular to the building elevation where the entrance is located.
F. 
Sign copy. The sign copy (text) of permanent signs shall relate only to the name and/or nature of the business or service offered.
G. 
Number of signs.
(1) 
Each store or establishment on the street level shall be permitted a maximum of two exterior signs, including a facade/wall sign, a projecting/hanging sign, and an awning/canopy sign for each principal building face. "Principal building face" shall be defined as any building face that includes a public/customer entrance (not emergency, service, or employee entrances) to the store or establishment to which the sign is related. Window signs shall be considered interior signs and shall be located on the inside of the window only.
(2) 
Each store or establishment on the street level having frontage on two streets shall also be permitted one of the above permitted exterior signs along a secondary street frontage that is not otherwise considered a principal building face.
(3) 
In addition to the above, restaurants, cafes, luncheonettes, delicatessens and similar establishments shall also be permitted to mount/hang a display board.
(4) 
No more than one additional sign shall be permitted on a drive-through canopy. Its design, size and lighting shall be consistent with other proposed signs for the store or establishment.
H. 
Maintenance.
(1) 
Signs and supporting hardware shall be structurally safe, clean, free of visible defects, and functioning properly at all times. The responsibility to satisfy this requirement shall rest with the lessor and shall be subject to the enforcement of the Township Planner.
(2) 
Repairs to signs shall use materials and craftsmanship that are comparable or better than were used for the original sign, and shall be subject to the review and approval of the lessor as well as the Township Planner.
I. 
Colors and materials. Color is one of the most important aspects of visual communication. It can be used to catch the eye or to communicate ideas or feelings. Too many colors used simultaneously can confuse and negate the message of a sign. Even the most carefully planned sign may look unattractive due to poor color selection. Contrast is an important influence on the legibility of signs. Light letters on a dark background or dark letters on a light background are the most legible.
(1) 
Limit the total number of colors used in any one sign. Small accents of several colors may make a sign unique and attractive, but the competition of large areas of many different colors decreases readability.
(2) 
Colors or color combinations that interfere with legibility of the sign copy or that interfere with viewer identification of other signs shall be avoided. Bright day-glo (fluorescent) colors shall be avoided as they are distracting and do not usually blend well with other background colors.
(3) 
Sign colors shall complement the colors used on the structures and the project as a whole.
(4) 
Sign materials shall be of the highest quality and shall be compatible with the design of the facade where they are placed.
(5) 
The selected materials shall contribute to the legibility of the sign. For example, glossy finishes are often difficult to read because of glare and reflections.
(6) 
Required materials.
(a) 
The following are required materials for signs unless otherwise approved by the Township Planner:
[1] 
Wood (carved, sandblasted, etched, and properly sealed, primed and painted, or stained).
[2] 
Metal (formed, etched, cast, engraved, and properly primed and painted or factory-coated to protect against corrosion). Such signs shall be prepared in a manner such that there shall be a three-dimensional quality to the appearance of the sign face(s).
[3] 
High-density preformed foam or similar material approved by the Township Planner.
(b) 
New materials may be very appropriate if properly designed in a manner consistent with these standards, and painted or otherwise finished to complement the architecture of the building.
J. 
Sign illumination. The way in which a sign is to be illuminated shall be considered carefully. Like color, illumination has considerable value for visual communication.
(1) 
First, consider if the sign needs to be lighted at all. Lights in the window display may be sufficient to identify the business. This is particularly true if good window graphics are used. Often, nearby streetlights provide ample illumination of a sign after dark.
(2) 
If the sign can be illuminated by an indirect source of light, this is usually the best arrangement because the sign will appear to be better integrated with the building's architecture. Light fixtures supported in front of the structure cast light on the sign and generally a portion of the face of the structure as well. Indirect lighting emphasizes the continuity of the structure's surface and signs become an integral part of the facade.
(3) 
Whenever indirect lighting fixtures are used, care shall be taken to properly shield and place the light source to prevent glare from spilling over into mixed-use or residential areas and any public right-of-way. Signs shall be lighted only to the minimum level required for nighttime readability.
(4) 
Signs comprised of individual letters mounted directly on a structure can often use a distinctive element of the structure's facade as a backdrop, thereby providing a better integration of the sign with the structure. In keeping with this approach, internally illuminated individual back-lighted solid letters (i.e., reverse channel or hallo-type lighted letters) are permitted.
(5) 
Overall, the most appropriate type of sign illumination is indirect lighting. Again, indirect lighting helps the sign to appear as an integral part of the facade, not something that was added later. Indirect lighting is generally more appropriate for smaller single buildings. In addition, indirect lighting produces a more intimate ambience on the street.
(6) 
Any illuminated sign located on any building, which sign is adjacent to a residential use, shall not be illuminated between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
(7) 
Lighting for signage may be on a timer.
(8) 
External light sources shall be directed and shielded to limit direct illumination of any object other than the sign.
(9) 
Internally illuminated sign boxes or individual letter signs with translucent faces are prohibited. Internally illuminated reverse channel letter type signs and individual letter signs are permitted. The use of light-emitting diodes (LEDs) for such signs is encouraged.
(10) 
Externally illuminated signs shall be lit only by downward pointing shielded fixtures where 90% of the light emitted from such fixtures is shone directly on the face of the sign. Wall-mounted goose-neck-type lighting fixtures are encouraged.
(11) 
No exposed sign illumination and no floodlighting of signs or storefronts shall be permitted.
(12) 
All wiring associated with signs shall be installed and maintained so as not to be in view of the public. Wiring shall under no circumstances be installed within conduit attached to the face of any building.
(13) 
Any light fixture used to illuminate a sign shall be compatible in design with the architecture of the principal building to which it is attached.
(14) 
Upward lighting of signs and canopies or awnings is prohibited.
(15) 
Exposed bulbs or tubing, including neon, is prohibited.
(16) 
The light from a illuminated sign shall be steady in nature, not flashing, moving or changing in brilliance, character, color, degree, intensity, location and type of illumination, and shall be the minimum necessary to provide for the readability of the proposed sign without shedding further illumination on nearby buildings, especially residential buildings or units in the vicinity of the sign.
(17) 
Light sources shall utilize energy-efficient fixtures to the greatest extent possible.
(18) 
Burned-out lamps, failing ballasts or other necessary electrical components shall be replaced within two weeks.
K. 
Removal of signs.
(1) 
In the event a business ceases operation for a period of time in excess of 30 days, the lessor shall, during the following ten-calendar-day period, or greater period as agreed to by the Township Planner, remove any sign identifying or advertising said business.
(2) 
For the purpose of this subsection, the word "remove" shall mean:
(a) 
Removal of the sign face, along with posts, columns, brackets, and/or other supporting structures; and
(b) 
Restoration of the area affected to the original condition prior to such sign installation. Affected building surfaces shall be restored to match adjacent portions of the structure.

§ 203-151. Gateway Highway Service (RC-2); large-format retail (RC-3); big box retail (RC-3); regional office/hotel (RC-3); Gateway East (RC-4).

A comprehensive sign plan shall be provided which has a consistent sign design theme throughout the sector. The color of letters and backgrounds shall be carefully considered in relation to the color of the materials of the building(s) and where the signs are proposed to be located. All building signs shall be compatible with the architecture of the building and shall be a subordinate rather than predominant feature of any building.
A. 
Purpose.
(1) 
To implement and enforce the sign regulations set forth below.
(2) 
To encourage signage compatible with the character of buildings and integrated with the building's architectural design and other signs on and in the vicinity of the building.
(3) 
To promote creativity in signage design, utilizing high-quality materials and craftsmanship, and to develop a distinctive image.
(4) 
To encourage efficient use of signage to avoid visual clutter.
(5) 
To protect the public health, safety and welfare by promoting signage that effectively identifies establishments and is visible to both pedestrians and motorists alike.
B. 
Sign approval and enforcement procedures.
(1) 
Any person wishing to erect, alter, modify or expand any sign shall first apply to the lessor (property owner) or its property management agent for review and approval of such sign improvement relative to an approved comprehensive sign plan. Upon receipt of such approval in writing, such person shall then apply to the Township Planner and Township Building Department for all necessary permits. The applicant shall provide all information and materials for the proposed sign(s) necessary for the property owner and the Township Planner to determine compliance with the approved comprehensive sign plan.
(2) 
If the Township Planner determines that the proposed sign(s) conforms to the applicable comprehensive sign plan standards and restrictions, he/she shall issue zoning approval for such sign. Notwithstanding the following requirements, the Township Planner shall have limited discretion in the administration of these standards. In the exercise of that discretion, he/she may approve a sign that deviates in a minor way from such standards, if he/she determines that the sign(s) substantially conforms to the requirements set forth in the standards.
(3) 
The Township Planner shall have the final authority to approve or deny a proposed sign request, to direct the removal of any sign installed without such approval, and to enforce all provisions contained in this document.
(4) 
Failure to comply with such provisions may result in enforcement action by the Township Planner, which may lead to the imposition of penalties, including fines, as provided by the Township Code.
(5) 
Any person aggrieved by a compliance decision rendered by the Township Planner may appeal such decision to the municipal board having jurisdiction over such matters as determined by the Township Planner after conferring with the Township Attorney.
C. 
General standards.
(1) 
The sign regulations set forth in the Township Code, Article VIII, shall control for sign standards not otherwise enumerated in these regulations or this sign plan.
(2) 
Flags and emblems of a government organization or of a political, civil, philanthropic, educational or religious organization are exempt from all provisions of the Township Code and this sign plan.
(3) 
No exposed raceways, ballast boxes or electrical signs shall be permitted.
(4) 
Sign company names or stamps shall be concealed (applicable ordinances and codes permitting).
(5) 
Public safety decals in minimum sizes may be used, subject to compliance with all applicable codes.
(6) 
Tenants shall not use or affix to a building or window, temporarily or permanently, any stickers or paper, cardboard, plastic or other similar low-quality signs; nor shall banners, pennants and/or flag-type signs of various materials be so used.
(7) 
No merchandise, wall storage units or equipment of any sort shall be placed in front of building windows so as to block the view into and out of the building.
(8) 
Signs that are necessary for the safe movement of traffic or other directional assistance shall be permitted, provided they follow the materials, colors, and letter type standards approved for such signage. All signage of this type shall be approved by the Township Planner and lessor or lessor's authorized agent prior to installation.
(9) 
Special mounting standards shall be used for traffic directional, handicapped parking and other similar on-site signage. Signs shall comply with Subtitle 1 of Title 39 (Standard Traffic Signs) and be mounted utilizing the special design details for such signs approved for the project.
(10) 
Drawings showing letter sizes, letter type, fabrication, and installation shall have to be approved and signed by the lessor or lessor's authorized agent.
(11) 
After a tenant has vacated the premises, the lessor shall be responsible for the removal of all prior tenant signage and restoration of areas where such signage was located to the original condition, including painting and patching, if necessary.
(12) 
Signs, including bracing and support structures, shall be compatible with the principal structure to which they are attached in both overall design and materials.
(13) 
All signs shall be securely attached to the building by means of metal anchors, bolts or expansion screws, subject to any required review and approval by the Township Building Department.
(14) 
Architectural features of the principal structure shall not be obscured by any sign or its supporting structures or braces.
(15) 
No sign shall be affixed to any roof, tree, fence, utility pole or similar structure.
(16) 
No vehicle shall be parked in such a manner that it serves as a means of advertising.
(17) 
Animated, moving and fluttering signs (including business-related banners, flags and pennants), blinking, flashing, sparkling or glittering signs are prohibited. Signs that produce glare or use bare bulbs, such as exposed neon and other exposed tube signs, as well as signs that use bright day-glo or fluorescent colors, are prohibited. Signs that obstruct pedestrian traffic, such as sandwich board and other portable signs, are prohibited.
(18) 
No permanent sign shall be painted directly on the surface of any wall, building, fence or similar structure.
(19) 
The maximum graphic content coverage of any sign shall not exceed 70% of the sign face.
(20) 
No sign shall have more than two faces, and such faces shall be parallel to each other.
(21) 
Every permitted sign, including window lettering and exterior signs, shall be constructed using high-quality materials and shall be kept in good condition and repair at all times. All signs to the contrary shall be removed. The responsibility of making sure this requirement is satisfied shall primarily rest with the lessor of the property.
(22) 
Internally illuminated sign boxes or individual letter signs with translucent faces are discouraged.
(23) 
Inflatable or similar such signs shall be prohibited.
(24) 
All changeable copy signs are prohibited, except for permitted menu board type signs and permitted office tenant directory signs.
(25) 
Nonadvertising or noncommercial signs that are part of and accessory to bus shelters, pay phones, trash receptacles and other similar street furniture shall be permitted.
(26) 
Holiday window painting or decorations such as for Halloween, Thanksgiving, Christmas, etc. shall be permitted and exempt from window sign limitations. However, such painting or decorations shall contain no reference to named goods or services, and any text shall be strictly limited to reference to the applicable holiday and shall not include reference to any sales, promotions, merchandise or services. In addition, all such decorations shall be removed within 10 days of the applicable holiday.
(27) 
All business establishments above the street level shall be prohibited from installing or otherwise placing any signage in the windows of such building. This includes both permanent and temporary signs of any kind.
(28) 
Permanent signs that advertise continuous sales, special prices, etc., are prohibited.
D. 
Sign area measurement.
(1) 
The area of a sign shall be computed based on the area of the actual sign face, exclusive of any supporting structure or bracing. Where a sign has two parallel faces, only one of the faces shall be measured to determine the area of the sign.
(2) 
The surface area of a sign shall be calculated by enclosing the extreme limits of all lettering, background, symbols or logos, representations, or other display within a single continuous boundary forming a square or rectangle.
E. 
Sign design standards.
(1) 
For the purpose of determining maximum permitted sign area, minimum and maximum permitted letter height and the number of signs permitted, the following sign types are identified:
(a) 
Use-specific signs.
(b) 
Awning/Canopy signs.
(c) 
Facade/Wall signs.
(d) 
Projecting/Hanging signs.
(e) 
Window signs.
(f) 
Office tenant directory signs.
(g) 
Project identifiable signs (place holder).
(2) 
Use-specific signs. The signage shall be designed to provide a cohesive theme throughout the entire project and shall be broken down into the following categories: big box retail, supermarkets, attached retail buildings, freestanding fast foods, banks and retail buildings.
(a) 
The following criteria shall be applicable to big box retail and large-format retail:
203 Image 249.tif
[1] 
The big box facade signage shall be either internally illuminated reverse channel or internally illuminated channel letters not exceeding 3% of a facade or 400 square feet and 40 feet in length. Up to three signs shall be permitted and shall be placed on the front and/or side building facades not less than 18 feet and not more than 30 feet above grade in the predetermined sign band on the architectural drawings.
[2] 
One ground sign limited to 70 square feet and which may not exceed 10 feet in height. Sign text is limited to name and/or logo. Illumination, if desired, must be internal.
(b) 
The following criteria shall be applicable to offices, hotels and supermarkets:
203 Image 250.tif
[1] 
The supermarket signage must shall be either internally illuminated reverse channel or internally illuminated channel letters not exceeding 5% of the facade or 200 square feet and 30 feet in length. Up to two signs shall be permitted and shall be placed on the front and/or side building facades not less than 18 feet and not more than 30 feet above grade in the predetermined sign band on the architectural drawings.
[2] 
One ground sign, limited to 50 square feet and which may not exceed eight feet in height. Sign text is limited to name and/or logo. Illumination, if desired, must be internal.
(c) 
The following criteria shall be applicable to attached retail buildings:
203 Image 251.tif 203 Image 252.tif
[1] 
The retail building signage shall be internally illuminated reverse channel, internally illuminated channel letters, or signs with external sources of illumination. With the exception of a corner tenant, which may have one sign on the front elevation and one sign on a side elevation, not more than one sign shall be permitted and shall be placed on the building facade in the predesignated sign band on the architectural drawings.
[2] 
A second projecting/hanging sign identifying the tenant shall be suspended from the soffit of the pedestrian arcade or canopy awning in the area of the store's entrance door. This sign shall be consistent in shape, perpendicular to the face of the building facade and mounted at a predesignated height. Acceptable materials for such signs shall be wood, metal, or high-density preformed foam.
(d) 
The following criteria shall be applicable to freestanding fast food buildings:
203 Image 253.tif
[1] 
Major identification of the fast-food restaurant shall be limited to two ground-mounted signs, two building-mounted signs, and two freestanding signs (menu board), located at the entrance to the drive-through facility.
[2] 
Building-mounted signage shall either be internally illuminated reverse channel, internally illuminated channel letters, or signs with external sources of illumination.
[3] 
The freestanding signs or menu boards are limited to 24 square feet and may not exceed six feet in height. Sign text is limited to name and/or logo and the price signage. Illumination, if desired, must be internal.
[4] 
The ground-mounted signs shall be limited to 60 square feet and shall not exceed a height of eight feet, excluding the sign base. Sign text is limited to name and logo. Illumination, if desired, can be external or internal.
(e) 
The following criteria shall be applicable to freestanding bank buildings:
203 Image 254.tif
[1] 
Major identification of the banks shall be limited to two building-mounted signs and one freestanding directional sign, located at the entrance to the drive-through facility.
[2] 
Building-mounted signage shall either be internally illuminated reverse channel, internally illuminated channel letters or signs with external sources of illumination.
[3] 
The freestanding directional sign is limited to six square feet and may not exceed four feet in height. Sign text is limited to name and/or logo and directional arrow. Illumination, if desired, must be internal.
[4] 
The ground-mounted signs shall be limited to 60 square feet and shall not exceed a height of eight feet, excluding the sign base. Sign text is limited to name and logo. Illumination, if desired, can be external or internal.
(f) 
The following criteria shall be applicable to freestanding retail buildings and restaurants less than 20,000 square feet:
203 Image 255.tif
[1] 
Major identification of the freestanding retail buildings shall be limited to two building-mounted signs and two ground-mounted signs.
[2] 
Building-mounted signage shall either be internally illuminated reverse channel, internally illuminated channel letters, or signs with external sources of illumination. With the exception of a corner tenant, which may have one sign on the front elevation and one sign on the side elevation, not more than one sign shall be permitted and shall be placed on the building facade in the predesignated sign band on the architectural drawings.
[3] 
The ground-mounted signs shall be limited to 60 square feet and shall not exceed a height of eight feet, excluding the sign base. Sign text is limited to name and logo. Illumination, if desired, can be external or internal.
(g) 
The following criteria shall be applicable to freestanding retail buildings greater than 20,000 square feet:
203 Image 256.tif
[1] 
Major identification of the freestanding retail buildings shall be limited to two building-mounted signs and two ground-mounted signs.
[2] 
The signage must be either internally illuminated reverse channel, internally illuminated channel letters or signs with external sources of illumination. With the exception of a corner tenant, which may have one sign on the front elevation and one sign on a side elevation, not more than one sign shall be permitted and shall be placed on the building facade in the predesignated sign band on the architectural drawings.
[3] 
The ground-mounted sign shall be limited to 60 square feet and shall not exceed a height of eight feet, excluding the sign base. Sign text is limited to name and logo. Illumination, if desired, can be either external or internal.
203 Image 257.tif
(h) 
The following criteria shall be applicable to freestanding office buildings:
203 Image 258.tif
[1] 
Major identification of freestanding office buildings shall be limited to one building-mounted sign and one ground-mounted sign.
[2] 
Building-mounted signage shall either be internally illuminated reverse channel, internally illuminated channel letters, or signs with external sources of illumination.
[3] 
The ground-mounted signs shall be limited to 100 square feet and shall not exceed a height of eight feet, excluding the sign base. Sign text is limited to name and logo. Illumination, if desired, can be external or internal.
(3) 
Awning/Canopy signs.
203 Image 259.tif 203 Image 260.tif
(a) 
Specifications.
[1] 
Maximum area: three square feet.
[2] 
Maximum sign length: six feet.
[3] 
Maximum letter size: eight inches.
(b) 
The terms "awning" and "canopy" as used in these sign standards are used interchangeably and shall be considered synonymous.
(c) 
Awnings and canopies shall extend no farther than possible as a self-supporting structure (no visible vertical support poles or columns), shall be compatible with the building window treatment, and shall not dominate the building elevation where such structure is proposed. All awnings and canopies shall be coordinated and compatible with other existing or proposed awnings and canopies on the building. Signage shall be placed on the front valance portion of the awning structure only; for non-fabric-type canopies, signage may be located along the upper edge of the front portion of the canopy in a manner that is compatible and complementary to the design and appearance of the building on which it is located.
(d) 
Noncommercial product logos and signature marks shall be permitted on a case-by-case basis subject to the Design Standards for Signs.
(4) 
Facade/Wall signs.
203 Image 261.tif 203 Image 262.tif
203 Image 263.tif 203 Image 264.tif
(a) 
Specifications.
[1] 
Maximum area: one square foot per linear foot of storefront up to 24 square feet.
[2] 
Maximum sign height: 24 inches.
[3] 
Maximum sign length: 12 feet.
[4] 
Maximum lettering size: 16 inches, one line of text; eight inches, two lines of text (not to exceed two lines of text).
[5] 
Minimum height above sidewalk: eight feet, unless greater height is required by the building code.
[6] 
Maximum height above sidewalk: 14 feet and shall not extend above the base of the second floor window sill. All such signs shall be coordinated with the placement of other such signs along the same building elevation and, where possible, shall be located within areas of the building elevation intended to accommodate such signage. Signs shall not cover doors, windows or architectural details.
(b) 
Noncommercial product logos and signature marks shall be permitted on a case-by-case basis subject to the Design Standards for Signs.
(c) 
Facade/Wall signs shall not project above the edge of the roof or beyond the side walls of a structure.
(d) 
A wall sign shall be located where architectural features or details suggest a location, size or shape for the sign. Generally, the best location for a wall sign is generally a band or blank area between the first and second floors of a building.
(e) 
New wall signs shall be placed consistent with sign locations on adjacent buildings. This can establish visual continuity among storefronts.
(f) 
No facade/wall sign or individual lettering shall project more than three inches from the surface to which such sign or lettering is attached.
(g) 
Restaurants, cafes, luncheonettes, delicatessens and similar establishments shall also be permitted one wall-mounted or hung display board for the purpose of displaying the establishment's menu, announcing daily specials, etc. Such display board shall be made of high-quality materials, whether wood or metal, with a high-quality finish and a high level of design detail, making it both compatible and complementary to the design and appearance of the building on which it is located. Such sign shall be located adjacent to the entrance to the establishment and shall be limited to three square feet in total area.
(h) 
Internally illuminated box signs and individual letter signs with translucent faces are prohibited.
(i) 
Lettering shall not occupy more than 70% of the area where the sign is placed to avoid a cluttered look.
(5) 
Projecting/Hanging signs.
203 Image 265.tif 203 Image 266.tif
203 Image 267.tif 203 Image 268.tif
(a) 
Specifications.
[1] 
Maximum area: eight square feet, no wider or longer than four feet, though signs exceeding such limits may be permitted if deemed consistent with the Design Standards for Signs (Section 13 below) and approved by the Township Planner/Zoning Officer.
[2] 
Maximum lettering size: 16 inches, one line of text; eight inches, two or mores lines of text.
[3] 
Minimum height above sidewalk: eight feet.
[4] 
Maximum height above sidewalk grade: 14 feet and shall not extend above the floor level of the second floor of the building.
[5] 
Height above sidewalk: minimum of eight feet, unless greater clearance is required by the building code, but no greater than 14 feet or higher than the height of the first floor of the building, whichever is less.
(b) 
Noncommercial product logos and signature marks shall be permitted on a case-by-case basis subject to the Design Standards for Signs.
(c) 
One per tenant, located near the main entrance and with external illumination only.
(d) 
Sign supports and brackets shall be compatible with the design and scale of the sign.
(e) 
Internal illumination of a projecting sign is prohibited.
(f) 
Projecting signs shall be constructed of metal, wood or high-density preformed foam or similar material made to look like wood, as approved by the Township Planner/Zoning Officer (see page 12 "sign materials").
(g) 
The text, copy, or logo face shall not exceed 70% of the sign face of a projecting sign.
(h) 
The sign shall be hung at a ninety-degree angle from the face of the building.
(i) 
No hanging or projecting sign shall have a sign face that has a depth of less than two inches.
(j) 
One per business frontage shall be permitted (unless a second sign is for a second-floor tenant).
(k) 
Only permanent signs that are an integral part of the awning or canopy shall be allowed.
(l) 
Sign or logo shall not occupy more than 60% of the awning valance or the bottom 10 inches of the awning if a valance is not present.
(m) 
Awning signs shall not be internally illuminated.
(n) 
Awning signs shall be regularly cleaned and kept free of dust and visible defects.
(o) 
Where applicable, awnings may contain street numbers, but telephone numbers or product advertising and product logos are prohibited.
(6) 
Window signs (permanent window lettering on glass).
203 Image 269.tif 203 Image 270.tif 203 Image 271.tif
(a) 
Specifications.
[1] 
Maximum area: six square feet or 30% of a window area, whichever is less (including any sign background/design details), but in no case longer or wider than six feet.
[2] 
Maximum lettering height: eight inches.
(b) 
Noncommercial product logos and signature marks shall be permitted on a case-by-case basis subject to the Design Standards for Signs.
(c) 
Interior signage other than window signage, that is clearly visible and positioned to be readily seen for outside the building, shall be prohibited.
(d) 
Window signs shall be limited to individual letters placed on the interior surface of the window and intended to be viewed from outside. Glass-mounted graphic logos may be applied by silk screening or prespaced vinyl die-cut forms.
(e) 
The window lettering or sign shall pertain only to the establishment occupying that portion of the premises where the window is located.
(f) 
The text or sign copy of a window sign shall be limited to the business name and brief messages identifying the type of product or service or pertinent information (e.g., "reservations required" or business hours).
(g) 
Window signs indicting that an establishment is "Open" or "Closed" for business shall be permitted; maximum one square foot in area and no more than one sign per business frontage. They shall be considered accessory to window signs and shall not be included in incidental window sign area calculations.
(h) 
Window lettering or signs that have an exterior source of illumination or include moving or animated images or text are specifically prohibited.
(i) 
Building space leasing signs shall be permitted as follows: one six-square-foot sign per street frontage for each leased space or one twelve-square-foot sign per street frontage when more than one space is available for lease in a building.
(7) 
Office tenant directory signs (outside building).
203 Image 272.tif 203 Image 273.tif
(a) 
Specifications.
[1] 
Maximum area: six square feet; no wider or taller than three feet.
[2] 
Minimum letter height: none.
[3] 
Maximum lettering height: two inches.
[4] 
Maximum height above sidewalk: six feet.
[5] 
Maximum of one per building and only to be used for upper-story tenants.
(b) 
The signs shall be located at the principal entrance to the building serving tenants identified on the directory, shall be affixed directly to the building face and shall be located, where possible, perpendicular to building elevation where the entrance is located.
F. 
Sign copy. The sign copy (text) of permanent signs shall relate only to the name and/or nature of the business or service offered.
G. 
Number of signs.
(1) 
Each store or establishment on the street level shall be permitted a maximum of two exterior signs, including a facade/wall sign, a projecting/hanging sign, and an awning/canopy sign for each principal building face. "Principal building face" shall be defined as any building face that includes a public/customer entrance (not emergency, service, or employee entrances) to the store or establishment to which the sign is related. Window signs shall be considered interior signs and shall be located on the inside of the window only.
(2) 
Each store or establishment on the street level having frontage on two streets shall also be permitted one of the above permitted exterior signs along a secondary street frontage that is not otherwise considered a principal building face.
(3) 
In addition to the above, restaurants, cafes, luncheonettes, delicatessens and similar establishments shall also be permitted to mount/hang a display board.
(4) 
No more than one additional sign shall be permitted on a drive-through canopy. Its design, size and lighting shall be consistent with other proposed signs for the store or establishment.
H. 
Maintenance.
(1) 
Signs and supporting hardware shall be structurally safe, clean, free of visible defects, and functioning properly at all times. The responsibility to satisfy this requirement shall rest with the lessor and shall be subject to the enforcement of the Township Planner.
(2) 
Repairs to signs shall use materials and craftsmanship that are comparable or better than were used for the original sign, and shall be subject to the review and approval of the lessor as well as the Township Planner.
I. 
Colors and materials. Color is one of the most important aspects of visual communication. It can be used to catch the eye or to communicate ideas or feelings. Too many colors used simultaneously can confuse and negate the message of a sign. Even the most carefully planned sign may look unattractive due to poor color selection. Contrast is an important influence on the legibility of signs. Light letters on a dark background or dark letters on a light background are most legible.
(1) 
Limit the total number of colors used in any one sign. Small accents of several colors may make a sign unique and attractive, but the competition of large areas of many different colors decreases readability.
(2) 
Colors or color combinations that interfere with legibility of the sign copy or that interfere with viewer identification of other signs shall be avoided. Bright day-glo (fluorescent) colors shall be avoided as they are distracting and do not usually blend well with other background colors.
(3) 
Sign colors shall complement the colors used on the structures and the project as a whole.
(4) 
Sign materials shall be of the highest quality and shall be compatible with the design of the facade where they are placed.
(5) 
The selected materials shall contribute to the legibility of the sign. For example, glossy finishes are often difficult to read because of glare and reflections.
(6) 
Materials.
(a) 
The following are the permitted materials for signs unless otherwise approved by the Township Planner:
[1] 
Wood (carved, sandblasted, etched, and properly sealed, primed and painted, or stained).
[2] 
Metal (formed, etched, cast, engraved, and properly primed and painted or factory-coated to protect against corrosion). Such signs shall be prepared in a manner such that there shall be a three-dimensional quality to the appearance of the sign face(s).
[3] 
High-density preformed foam or similar material approved by the Township Planner.
(b) 
New materials may be very appropriate if properly designed in a manner consistent with these standards, and painted or otherwise finished to complement the architecture of the building.
J. 
Sign illumination. The way in which a sign is to be illuminated shall be considered carefully. Like color, illumination has considerable value for visual communication.
(1) 
First, consider if the sign needs to be lighted at all. Lights in the window display may be sufficient to identify the business. This is particularly true if good window graphics are used. Often, nearby streetlights provide ample illumination of a sign after dark.
(2) 
If the sign can be illuminated by an indirect source of light, this is usually the best arrangement because the sign will appear to be better integrated with the building's architecture. Light fixtures supported in front of the structure cast light on the sign and generally a portion of the face of the structure as well. Indirect lighting emphasizes the continuity of the structure's surface and signs become an integral part of the facade.
(3) 
Whenever indirect lighting fixtures are used, care shall be taken to properly shield and place the light source to prevent glare from spilling over into mixed-use or residential areas and any public right-of-way. Signs shall be lighted only to the minimum level required for nighttime readability.
(4) 
Signs comprised of individual letters mounted directly on a structure can often use a distinctive element of the structure's facade as a backdrop, thereby providing a better integration of the sign with the structure. In keeping with this approach, internally illuminated individual backlighted solid letters (i.e., reverse channel or hallo-type lighted letters) are permitted.
(5) 
Overall, the most appropriate type of sign illumination is indirect lighting. Again, indirect lighting helps the sign to appear as an integral part of the facade, not something that was added later. Indirect lighting is generally more appropriate for smaller single buildings. In addition, indirect lighting produces a more intimate ambience on the street.
(6) 
Any illuminated sign located on any building, which sign is adjacent to a residential use, shall be turned off no more than one hour after closing unless necessary for security purposes.
(7) 
Lighting for signage may be on a timer.
(8) 
External light sources shall be directed and shielded to limit direct illumination of any object other than the sign.
(9) 
Internally illuminated sign boxes or individual letter signs with translucent faces are discouraged. Internally illuminated reverse channel letter type signs and individual letter signs are permitted. The use of light-emitting diodes (LEDs) for such signs is encouraged.
(10) 
Externally illuminated signs shall be lit only by downward pointing shielded fixtures where 90% of the light emitted from such fixtures is shone directly on the face of the sign. Wall-mounted goose-neck-type lighting fixtures are encouraged.
(11) 
No exposed sign illumination and no floodlighting of signs or storefronts shall be permitted.
(12) 
All wiring associated with signs shall be installed and maintained so as not to be in view of the public. Wiring shall under no circumstances be installed within conduit attached to the face of any building.
(13) 
Any light fixture used to illuminate a sign shall be compatible in design with the architecture of the principal building to which it is attached.
(14) 
Upward lighting of signs and canopies or awnings is prohibited.
(15) 
Exposed bulbs or tubing, including neon, are prohibited.
(16) 
The light from a illuminated sign shall be steady in nature, not flashing, moving or changing in brilliance, character, color, degree, intensity, location and type of illumination, and shall be the minimum necessary to provide for the readability of the proposed sign without shedding further illumination on nearby buildings, especially residential buildings or units in the vicinity of the sign.
(17) 
Light sources shall utilize energy-efficient fixtures to the greatest extent possible.
(18) 
Burned-out lamps, failing ballasts or other necessary electrical components shall be replaced within two weeks.
K. 
Removal of signs (except in the RC-3 District).
(1) 
In the event a business ceases operation for a period of time in excess of 30 days, the lessor shall, during the following ten-calendar-day period, or greater period as agreed to by the Township Planner, remove any sign identifying or advertising said business.
(2) 
For the purpose of this section, the word "remove" shall mean:
(a) 
Removal of the sign face, along with posts, columns, brackets, and/or other supporting structures; and
(b) 
Restoration of the area affected to the original condition prior to such sign installation. Affected building surfaces shall be restored to match adjacent portions of the structure.

Article XXII. General Design Standards (All Uses)

§ 203-152. Standards; incorporation into plan.

The physical appearance of a Center development shall be of the highest quality. It is necessary that Center developments adhere to a set of standards and criteria that address a variety of site plan considerations, including site layout, building massing and form, and landscaping. This will result in an overall coordinated appearance for a particular development. The general design standards and criteria listed below must be incorporated into a Center development plan submission for a development. Design covenants shall incorporate, complement and expand upon these general design standards and criteria. Such design covenants may be required by the Joint Land Use Board as part of the development plan application, review, and approval process.

§ 203-153. Site design and layout.

A. 
Passive solar design and orientation of buildings is encouraged.
B. 
Visitor building entrances and vehicular entrance driveways shall be readily identifiable and accessible to the first-time visitor.
C. 
The scale and massing of buildings on any given street shall be harmonious. Corner gateway buildings shall be provided.
D. 
A variety of building setbacks, rooflines, color schemes, elevations and heights shall generally be required in a development to avoid a repetitious and monotonous streetscape.
E. 
Buildings with more than one facade facing a public street, parking lot, open space area, or square shall be required to provide multiple front facade treatments.
F. 
Nonresidential and mixed-use buildings shall be arranged to reduce visibility of service areas from streets, customer parking areas and adjacent properties.
G. 
Low-maintenance, durable, tactile, natural materials such as wood, stucco and masonry are required. Paintable concrete clapboard is permitted on residential buildings with paint rated for a minimum of 20 years. High-quality man-made materials are permitted as architectural accents and trim.
H. 
Pitched roofs are generally encouraged. Roof pitches shall be generally consistent throughout the development. Generally, flat and pitched-type roofs may be allowed on a limited basis as part of an overall Center design scheme for the proposed development.
I. 
Dormers, gables, bay windows and windows across a building facade and other similar design features shall be provided, as appropriate to address scale and rhythm.
J. 
An orderly relationship among windows, doors, porches and roof forms shall be provided.
K. 
The exteriors of all buildings in the development, including any permitted accessory buildings, shall be architecturally compatible and be constructed of complementary materials.
L. 
The treatment of side and rear walls of any building in terms of building materials and colors shall be similar to the treatment of the front facade.
M. 
The visual impact of large parking lots in front of buildings (where permitted) and long street frontages shall be minimized with low architectural screen walls, landscaping and pedestrian systems and by making parking lots smaller.
N. 
Nonresidential and mixed-use buildings shall be highlighted by such features including:
(1) 
Outdoor patios.
(2) 
Display windows.
(3) 
Plazas, paver block crosswalks or other landscape features.
(4) 
Entry overhangs (projecting or recessed).
(5) 
Specially treated architectural walls.
(6) 
Covered walkways.
(7) 
Awnings and arcades.
(8) 
Balconies and balconettes.
(9) 
Recesses and projections.
(10) 
Bays.
(11) 
Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for sitting.
(12) 
Distinctive roof forms.
O. 
Nonresidential and mixed-use buildings shall be arranged and clustered to maximize opportunities for shared circulation, parking, loading, pedestrian walkways and plazas, recreation areas, transit-related facilities, and day and night security surveillance.
P. 
New buildings or additions on any given street shall generally be consistent with the predominant or emerging setback pattern for the street.
Q. 
Street-level storefronts and building entrances shall be open and inviting to pedestrians.
R. 
For buildings located and oriented around open space, awnings, canopies, solar screens, and/or colonnades are encouraged.
S. 
Restaurants shall be permitted to operate outdoor cafes on sidewalks, provided that pedestrian circulation and access to building entrances are not impaired.
T. 
Special ground texture treatment shall be required for pedestrian crossings in streets and elsewhere, to include brick, pavers, porous pavement, stone and/or other material deemed suitable by the Joint Land Use Board.
U. 
All streets, alleys, and sidewalks and pathways shall connect to other streets within the Auburn Road Village and connect to existing streets outside the Auburn Road Village, as appropriate. Dead-end streets are generally not permitted within the Auburn Road Village unless such condition is unavoidable, subject to Joint Land Use Board approval.
V. 
Air-conditioning units, HVAC systems, exhaust pipes or stacks, satellite dishes and other telecommunications receiving devices shall be screened or specially treated to be, as much as possible, inconspicuous as viewed form the public right-of-way and adjacent properties or otherwise incorporated into the architecture.
W. 
Street furniture such as benches, street lamps, bicycle racks, trash receptacles, tree grates, bus stops, landscape planters and hanging baskets and the like shall be provided. The Joint Land Use Board may require some street furniture to be permanently secured to the sidewalk.

§ 203-154. Block layout.

A. 
The blocks created by streets, avenues, and boulevards shall conform in location and size to the regulations specified in the Street Regulating Plan, unless otherwise amended by approval of the Joint Land Use Board.
B. 
As a general rule, buildings shall reflect a continuity of treatment obtained by maintaining the buildings' scale or by subtly graduating changes; by maintaining base courses; by continuous use of front porches on residential buildings; by maintaining cornice lines in buildings of the same height; by extending horizontal lines of fenestration; and by echoing architectural styles and details, design themes, building materials, and colors recommended in locations designated on the plan as requiring special architectural treatment.
C. 
Aesthetics of block layouts.
(1) 
A residential neighborhood with varying block configurations shall be designed within a street grid and accommodate a variety of lot sizes and types. Flexibility is built into the Street Regulating Plan as to the location and orientation of "small streets" and alleys.
(2) 
The build-to line for residential buildings shall be used as a guideline for all residential units in a given block and shall not be interpreted so as to create a single setback line. The intent shall be that the buildings shall vary along setback lines within the guidelines as established in this Part 2.
(3) 
Streets in some cases are intended to weave through neighborhoods and open spaces to create varied site vistas while maintaining the integrity of the street grid. Pedestrian walkways for these streets are intended to promote walking to create a sense of neighborhood. Small neighborhood parks and green edges abutting residential homes are intended to add interest to the neighborhood. Common open spaces are provided at the edges of some blocks to provide opportunity for active and/or passive recreational activities.
(4) 
All of the above components shall be viewed in conjunction with one another in creating neighborhood design.
D. 
Buildings shall be architecturally emphasized through fenestration, entrance treatment, and detailing. Buildings with more than one facade facing a public street or internal open space shall be designed to provide for enhanced facade treatments on those sides of said buildings which are not the front of the building.
E. 
A block consisting of between three lots and 10 lots shall be developed with the minimum of three different base model type homes varying by both amount of habitable space and architecture treatment. Blocks consisting of between 11 lots and 30 lots shall be developed with a minimum of four base types. Each base model type home in any block shall have at least two alternative front elevations containing different design features as enumerated.
F. 
Exterior public and semi-public spaces, such as courtyards or plazas, shall be designed to enhance surrounding buildings, and provide amenities for users, in the form of textured paving, landscaping, lighting, street trees, benches, litter containers, and other items of street furniture, as appropriate. Courtyards shall have recognizable edges defined on at least three sides by buildings, walls, elements of landscaping, and/or elements of street furniture, in order to create a strong sense of enclosure.

§ 203-155. Residential building design.

A. 
The front facade of a single-family detached, twin or townhouse unit shall reflect traditional rules of scale and rhythm, Awnings, open and usable porches, stoops, bay windows and/or balconies and facade and roofline offsets are required to aid the articulation of scale and rhythm.
B. 
A minimum of 50% of single-family detached and twin dwelling units shall have a front entrance articulated with a covered front entry porch. Front porches shall generally be located on the front of the dwelling facing the sidewalk, but may occasionally be located on the side wall of a dwelling. The size of front entry porches shall be a minimum of eight feet deep from the front wall of the dwelling to the enclosing porch rail and a minimum of 10 feet long.
C. 
The ground floor of all residential units except flats shall be raised above the level of the adjacent sidewalk as specified for the various street types. Residential units shall have their ground floors raised above ground level at the front of the building by a minimum of two feet, and residential buildings which are required to comply with ADA standards and state handicapped accessibility codes are exempt from this requirement.
D. 
Garages are discouraged along the main front facade of single-family detached, twin and townhouse units and are prohibited forward of such facades. Subject to the rules of the Street Regulating Plan, garages may be front, side or rear entry types. Windows are required in the walls of such garages to admit light and eliminate blank walls. Sufficient storage area to accommodate tools, auto accessories, trash/recyclable materials storage, lawn and garden maintenance equipment shall be considered in sizing the garages so that an accessory storage structure will not be necessary. Individual bay overhead garage doors are encouraged. Detached garages shall be offered as a permitted option on certain available single-family detached and twin units.
E. 
All single-family detached, twin and townhouse units are encouraged to have clearly defined front yards using landscaping, hedging, fencing, or a brick or stone wall, none of which shall exceed three feet in height.
F. 
Where the rear of a single-family detached, twin or townhouse unit is visible from an exterior or interior street, such building elevations and yard areas shall be specially designed and treated to present a pleasant appearance to such street.
G. 
Townhouse buildings shall consist of no more than eight townhouse dwelling units in order to prevent the development of long and monotonous buildings. There shall be different roofline heights and vertical offsets in each overall townhouse building. No more than two adjacent townhouse units shall have the same building offset, which shall vary by at least two feet.
H. 
Flats shall have access provided by an outside entrance or stairway exclusively serving the residential units.
I. 
All single-family, twin and townhouse dwelling units shall have private outdoor space, which may include a deck, patio and/or terrace. Such outdoor space shall be enclosed, as appropriate, by a decorative wall or fence, evergreen hedge, trellis or lattice, vines, or some combination thereof.
J. 
In case of walls, fences or trellises, the height of such open space enclosures shall be five feet or seven feet high. Portions of fencing below five feet shall be of solid material and above five feet in height must be made to screen views of neighboring uses.
K. 
Each upper-floor flat dwelling shall be provided with a terrace, recessed inside the exterior building wall of the dwelling, or an occupiable balcony projecting on the outside of the building wall. If a terrace or balcony is not provided for upper-floor flats, each dwelling shall be provided with access to a conveniently located common space, park or green.

§ 203-156. Nonresidential and mixed-use building design.

A. 
The scale of buildings shall be broken up both horizontally and vertically with offsets to reinforce the human scale.
B. 
No commercial statements of the occupant's products or services shall be allowed as part of the building facade or elevation.
C. 
Architectural designs shall be evaluated in terms of the sensitive integration of form, textures, and colors with the particular landscape and topographic characteristics of each individual site.
D. 
Groups of related buildings shall be designed to present a harmonious appearance in terms of style and use of exterior materials, fenestration and roof type.
E. 
Building exterior walls shall be articulated to reduce the scale and the uniform appearance of buildings and to provide visual interest that will be consistent with the community's identity, character and scale. The intent is to encourage a more human scale that residents and workers will be able to identify with their community. As such, one or a combination of the following shall be utilized in a development:
(1) 
Roofline variation.
(2) 
Arcades, display windows and entry areas.
(3) 
Grouping into smaller or multiple structures.
(4) 
Mature landscaping and landform manipulation.
(5) 
Wall texture placement and change.
(6) 
Clustering small-scale elements such as planter walls around the major form.
(7) 
Creation of a horizontal and vertical shadow line.
(8) 
Offsets and/or breaks in the building line.
(9) 
Patterned walls.
(10) 
Fenestration.
(11) 
Color change.
(12) 
Recessed entrances.
F. 
Each building shall be sensitive to the immediate neighboring structure. Opportunities to provide walkway systems to adjoining buildings, including common plazas or courtyards, are encouraged.
G. 
All facades of a building which are visible from adjoining properties and/or public streets should contribute to the pleasing scale features of the building and encourage community integration by featuring characteristics similar to the front facade.
H. 
The exterior walls of each building shall be constructed of durable permanent architectural materials compatible with campus-like standards, tastefully handled, i.e., carefully selected brick; stone with a weathered face or polished, fluted, or broken-faced. Exterior building materials may include smooth-faced concrete block, tilt-up concrete panels or prefabricated steel panels as secondary accent materials only.
I. 
Preengineered metal buildings, industrial-type structures featuring predominantly painted exteriors, and corrugated metal-sided or clapboard aluminum-sided "Butler" type buildings shall not be permitted.
J. 
All facade materials must be low maintenance. There shall be no exposed common concrete block on the exterior of any building, and painted concrete block shall not be permitted.
K. 
Window treatment shall be required along the front and sides of all buildings. The use of multifloor glass curtain walls should be avoided.
L. 
Drainage pipes and roof leaders on building surfaces must be located on the interior and not exposed.
M. 
Building roofs are to be uncluttered. Vertical roof projections such as towers, vents, stacks or roof-mounted equipment shall be integrated into the architecture. All penetrations through the roof (i.e., mechanical equipment or skylights) must be organized in a manner that is integral to the architectural form of the building, or be completely screened from view by parapet walls or approved enclosures. Screens shall be attractive in appearance and reflect or complement the architecture of the building to which they belong.
N. 
The design of canopies shall be in keeping with the design of the building.

§ 203-157. Parking and circulation.

A. 
Off-street parking.
(1) 
Each building site must include adequate off-street automobile parking and loading facilities per the ratios established in this Part 2. The Urban Land Institute's Shared Parking Analysis shall be used by the applicant when it is deemed appropriate by the Joint Land Use Board.
(2) 
Textured crosswalks are to be used where pedestrians come in contact with vehicular traffic. All walks must be well lighted with bollards. On-site pedestrian linkages must connect buildings to external perimeter pedestrian systems.
(3) 
Parking is prohibited in front and side yards unless otherwise noted.
(4) 
Parking access shall be via alleys unless otherwise noted (except in the RC-3 District).
(5) 
Large parking fields are generally discouraged.
(6) 
Parking buffers are required on all four sides.
(7) 
Block cut-throughs shall provide access to rear yard parking; minimums provided per this plan.
B. 
Use of on-street parking spaces.
(1) 
On-street parking credit may be counted for spaces which do not actually front on the property for which they are to be considered as serving, provided they are located within 1,000 feet of the property for customer or client parking and 2,000 feet of the property for employee parking. The Joint Land Use Board may, in its discretion, elect to give such spaces on-street parking credit, deny any credit for such spaces, or give partial credit for such spaces depending on the use of the property upon which they front and the uses of intervening properties located between the property seeking to apply the spaces toward its parking need and the spaces themselves.
(2) 
The following guidelines shall be used to determine which on-street parking spaces an applicant may assume are available:
(a) 
Parking spaces located on a road that the Street Regulating Plan classified as a “residential street” shall not be included in the parking inventory for a commercial land use.
(b) 
Spaces directly abutting the applicant's property are one-hundred-percent available to the applicant, unless parking regulations restrict parking during the time period when the spaces are needed to satisfy the applicant's peak parking demand.
(c) 
Spaces abutting a different commercial use shall not be counted unless that use has an off-setting peak parking demand or unless the owner of the use certifies that it has no need for the available parking spaces.
(d) 
Parking that abuts open space, wetlands or detention basins shall be considered available but must be shared with other nearby commercial users. The applicant shall propose to the Joint Land Use Board the percentage of the parking for which credit will be taken and will explain to the Joint Land Use Board the methodology used in determining that percentage.
C. 
Parking for all dwelling units shall be prohibited in front yard setback areas. With the exception of lots that do not back up to lanes, as depicted on the Street Regulating Plan, driveways and driveway access shall be prohibited in any front yard area. Driveways shall be set back a minimum of three feet from the side of dwelling units. Driveways shall be set back a minimum of three feet from any side property line, unless such driveway is shared by dwellings on two adjacent lots on the common side lot line. Parking for townhouses shall be provided as driveways or garages with access from a rear lane. Private driveways for townhouses shall connect to lanes only and not to streets. Parking for apartments may be located in common parking lots located on a lot other than that containing the apartment building entrances. If access to a garage is provided from a street, the front entrance of such a garage shall be set back 10 feet further than the front wall of the dwelling unit. The location of a garage shall be set back a minimum of three feet from side property lines and five feet from a rear property line.
D. 
Parking lot landscaping, buffering and screening.
(1) 
Lots for apartment and nonresidential uses shall balance the functional requirements of parking with the provision of pedestrian amenities. Transition areas between parking and civic, commercial, or residential uses shall be designed with textured paving, landscaping and street furniture approved by the Joint Land Use Board.
(2) 
Parking lot layout, landscaping, buffering and screening shall be provided to minimize direct views of parked vehicles from streets and sidewalks, avoid spillover light, glare, noise, or exhaust fumes onto adjacent properties, in particular residential properties, and provide the parking area with a reasonable measure of shade, when trees reach maturity. In order to achieve these objectives, parking lots exposed to view of public streets and walkways shall be surrounded by a minimum of a four-and-half-foot-high (three-foot-high minimum in the RC-3 District), year-round visually impervious screen, hedge, masonry wall and shall decrease where driveways approach sidewalks or walkways, in order to provide adequate visibility of pedestrians from motor vehicles and shall not interfere with clear sight triangle requirements. Parking lots adjacent to residential properties or residential alleys shall provide a minimum six-foot-high year-round visually impervious screen, hedge or masonry wall.
(3) 
The interior of all parking lots shall be landscaped to provide shade and visual relief. This is best achieved by protected planting islands or peninsulas within the perimeter of the parking lot. Parking lots with 10 or fewer spaces may not require interior landscaping if the Joint Land Use Board determines that there is adequate perimeter landscaping. In parking lots with 11 or more spaces, a maximum of one deciduous shade tree shall be required to be planted in the parking lot for every five parking spaces. A six-foot planting diamond, or equivalent planter, is required per tree. Choice of plant materials, buffer width, type of screening, location, and frequency of tree planting shall be flexible, provided these objectives are designed to the satisfaction of the Joint Land Use Board.
E. 
Structured parking and carports.
(1) 
Structured parking shall be faced with other uses such as retail or be designed to hide the utilitarian look of parking garages.
(2) 
Utilize the architectural vocabulary of adjacent facades to minimize the inherent look of the parking structure and integrate the structure as part of the overall facade.
(3) 
Parking entrances shall be indicated through increased massing, increased detail, material change or signage and shall be clearly visible from the secondary streets.
(4) 
Structured parking layouts shall take into consideration pedestrian circulation and connections with adjacent building uses.
(5) 
Structured facades shall be articulated similar to, and colors shall coordinate with, adjacent buildings.
(6) 
Utilitarian appearances of structured parking are not permitted. Structures shall have design treatments such as colonnades, arcades, awnings, landscaping, street furniture, and other public amenities to create the appearance of an occupied building. Blank walls are not permitted.
(7) 
Parked cars shall be visually screened from adjacent buildings and the street, and such screening shall be in keeping with the rest of the building's architectural style and materials.
(8) 
Locating structural parking at the interior of the block, surrounded by buildings, is the preferred method.
(9) 
Vehicular access to structured parking shall be accessed from alleys, placed underground, placed in structures above the ground floor, or located behind or to the side of a building. Always provide clear signage to direct the driver to the parking entrance.
(10) 
Structured parking shall not exceed 50 feet in height.
(11) 
Carports shall be required for some mixed-use developments and flats, to be located within parking lots. Provision shall be made for storage. Their design shall complement the principal structure and in some instances be used as a buffer to single-family, twin and townhouse units.
F. 
Residential garage and parking design standards.
(1) 
With the exception of lots that do not back up to lanes, as depicted in this Part 2, driveways and driveway access shall be prohibited in any front yard area.
(2) 
Driveways that are accessed through the front yard area shall be no wider than 10 feet, and parking for all dwelling units shall be prohibited within the front yard setback.
(3) 
Garages, driveways and parking areas shall have a minimum setback of three feet from any side property line or side of dwelling unit. An exception to the three-foot setback from the side property line shall exist for townhouse and twin lots to permit garages, driveways and parking areas that share a common wall on the common property line.
(4) 
Garages shall only be located to the rear of the principal building.
(5) 
Two adjacent lots may share a driveway along their common property line, subject to a cross-access easement.
(6) 
Residential lots may require on site parking spaces adjacent to the garage in order to meet the minimum off-street parking requirements if sufficient spaces are not provided within the garage and the driveway to the garage.
(7) 
The maximum width of a driveway throat shall not exceed 24 feet. There shall be no more than one driveway apron per lot.
(8) 
Driveways may be constructed of porous pavers, two-foot-wide concrete to wheel tracks, or stone pavers.
(9) 
Except as noted, all driveways and parking spaces shall only be accessed from the rear lane.
(10) 
Required parking for flats must be located internal to the block upon which the condo/flats building is located. First-floor garage parking for condo/flats is permitted, subject to meeting architectural requirements.
(11) 
Each garage car space shall be counted as one off-street parking space, regardless of the dimensions of the driveway.
(12) 
A one-car garage and driveway combination shall count as two off-street parking spaces, provided the driveway measures a minimum of 18 feet in length between the face of the garage door and the right-of-way.
(13) 
A two-car garage and driveway combination shall count as 3.5 off-street parking spaces, provided a minimum parking area width of 20 feet is provided for a minimum length of 18 feet as specified for a one-car garage and driveway combination.
G. 
Shared parking.
(1) 
The overall intent for the provision of parking is to balance the use mix with available parking opportunities both on- and off-street. A parking analysis shall be performed in consideration of any development application in order to ensure the adequacy of parking without, wherever possible, overdeveloping off-street parking areas. Off-street parking shall be provided according to minimum requirements as specified in this Part 2, the Township Subdivision and Land Development Ordinance[1] and in accordance with New Jersey Residential Site Improvement Standards (RSIS).
[1]
Editor's Note: See Ch. 163, Subdivision of Land.
(2) 
Off-street parking for commercial uses shall be sufficient to provide parking for the employees of all proposed uses as well as long-term customer parking. Spaces reserved for employees shall be designated as such by means of striping and signage. Off-street parking lots may in some instances be prohibited in the front yard setback area. They shall be located at the side and rear of buildings on the interior of lots whenever possible, and shall be accessed by means of common driveways, preferably from side streets, lanes or alleys. Cross-access easements for adjacent lots with interconnected parking lots shall be required, in language acceptable to the Township Committee. In addition to the off-street parking requirements specified above, on-street parking shall be provided to serve customers of commercial uses. Commercial on-street parking shall be provided as curbside, parallel, or angle parking located along both sides of the streets on all blocks upon which commercial uses front.
(3) 
Each applicant for a nonresidential development greater than 5,000 square feet shall be required to conduct a parking study to determine the number of on-street and off-street parking spaces required to accommodate peak parking demand. In calculating peak parking demand, the applicant shall:
(a) 
Project the peak number of occupied parking spaces using formulas and procedures presented in the most recent edition of Parking Generation, an information report published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE).
(b) 
Calculate the number of parking spaces needed by expanding the number of occupied parking spaces by 10% to assure a reasonable number of vacant parking spaces to permit turnover of the parking supply.
(c) 
Identify how these parking spaces will be assured to future occupants and customers of the proposed land uses.
(4) 
Shared parking shall be encouraged for all commercial parking lots and particularly for those serving mixed-use commercial and residential buildings. Where necessary, in parking lots which are serving mixed-use commercial and residential buildings, the Joint Land Use Board may, in its discretion, permit a limited amount of parking to be reserved either for residential or specified commercial uses only; or may restrict the hours that certain spaces, the Board shall do so with the intent to limit such restrictive use in order to advance the objective of encouraging shared parking.
(5) 
An applicant seeking to satisfy its parking requirement using a shared parking approach shall prepare a parking report that documents how an adequate supply of parking spaces will be provided to satisfy projected parking demand. The report shall be prepared using procedures presented in the most recent version of the report “Shared Parking,” published by the Urban Land Institute. The report shall be prepared using the most current shared parking methodology published by the Urban Land Institute or the Institute of Transportation Engineers.
(6) 
A captured and shared parking study and report shall:
(a) 
Calculate the projected peak parking demand for each land use that will be sharing the available parking supply using the latest edition of the ITE informational report “Parking Generation.”
(b) 
Calculate the extent to which parking demand will be mitigated on the site as a result of trips captured from adjoining land uses and therefore occurring without the use of a vehicle.
(c) 
Calculate the peak parking accumulation for the development, making use of shared parking procedures.
(d) 
Expand the peak parking accumulation by 10% to determine the needed supply of parking spaces. This will assure an adequate capacity of spaces for the turnover of vehicles.
(e) 
Determine the number of on-site parking spaces that will be supplied.
(f) 
Determine the number of on-street parking spaces that are available to the development in accordance with procedures established by this section of Part 2.
(g) 
Determine whether any additional parking spaces will be needed to serve the development and, if so, how they will be supplied.
(h) 
Propose additional methods, if needed, to reduce parking demand to mitigate an insufficient supply of parking. Other methods could include the use of fringe parking lots, a satellite parking lot with shuttle bus service, the provision of transit subsites to employees in lieu of assurance of a parking space or the establishment of a valet parking service making use of an identified off-street parking lot.
(7) 
A sample shared parking calculation is presented on the chart below:
Shared Parking Calculations
Monday - Friday
Saturday and Sunday
Uses
8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
6:00 p.m. to 12:00 Midnight
12:00 Midnight to 8:00 a.m.
8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
6:00 p.m. to 12:00 Midnight
12:00 Midnight to 8:00 a.m.
Residential
60%
100%
100%
80%
100%
100%
Office
100%
10%
5%
5%
5%
5%
Commercial
90%
80%
5%
100%
60%
5%
Hotel
70%
100%
100%
70%
100%
100%
Restaurant
70%
100%
10%
70%
100%
20%
Movie theater
40%
80%
10%
80%
100%
10%
Entertainment
40%
100%
10%
80%
100%
50%
Institutional (nonreligious institution)
100%
40%
5%
10%
10%
5%
Religious institution
20%
40%
5%
100%
50%
5%
(a) 
The number of required parking spaces may be reduced on a space-per-space basis if the applicant can demonstrate that suitable alternative parking spaces are located within close proximity to the subject property or site, through a shared parking arrangement with an adjoining use. Those spaces, to be counted towards this shared parking arrangement, must be demonstrated to be available during the hours of operation of the affected uses, and access to those spaces must be provided for vehicles and pedestrians in a safe and efficient manner, including shared driveways and interconnected walkways where possible.
(b) 
The Township Planner may conduct site visits to confirm that the amount of parking provided is being utilized by the development and, in fact, that the parking remains sufficient to meet the needs of the development. If at any time it is determined that this is no longer the case, the construction of additional banked or reserved parking spaces may be required by the Township Planner to meet the demand.
H. 
The piling of snow is discouraged in required parking spaces or where it will damage landscaping or appear unsightly in the public view.

§ 203-158. Green design guidelines.

Green building guidelines ensure that development within a Center preserves the unique character of the site. The Township encourages the construction of sustainable or "green" buildings. The guidelines that follow are intended to result in environmentally friendly and economically vibrant projects.
A. 
Green building certification. According to the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC), Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) evaluates environmental performance from a whole building perspective over a building's lifecycle, providing a definitive standard for what constitutes a "green building." It is based on accepted energy and environmental principles and strikes a balance between known established practices and emerging concepts. LEED is a performance-oriented system in which scoring points are earned for satisfying performance criteria in the categories of sustainable site development for new construction: reducing the urban heat island, energy efficiency, water savings, materials selection and indoor environmental quality. Different levels of green building certification are awarded by the USGBC based on the total points earned. As a means of evaluating and measuring achievements in sustainable design, this Part 2 encourages design, construction, and operation of developments that meet the criteria for a LEED-certified rating.
B. 
Reducing the urban heat island. The ambient air in urban environments is usually significantly warmer (sometimes more than 10° F. warmer) than the air in less developed areas, an effect known as the “urban heat island.” Dark, nonreflective surfaces absorb heat from the sun and then radiate it back to the surrounding area. Such hotter temperatures lead to an increased need for air conditioning, which costs money and consumes significant amounts of energy. Current statistics show that air conditioning consumes 1/6 of all electricity used in the United States. The following guidelines help to mitigate the formation of an urban heat island:
(1) 
Provide shade (within five years) for 30% of the site's non-roof impervious surfaces.
(2) 
Use light-colored/high-albedo materials (reflectance of a least 0.3) for at least 30% of the site's non-roof impervious surfaces.
(3) 
Use highly reflective and high-emissive roofing material (at least 0.9 when tested in accordance with ASTM 408) for at least 75% of the roof surface. In addition to the operational benefits to the building, this application helps to extend the life span of a roof.
(4) 
Use a "green" vegetative roof for at least 50% of the roof area. In addition to its ability to reduce stormwater flows and provide insulation, this application helps to extend the life span of the roof.
C. 
Energy efficiency.
(1) 
Buildings should be designed to exceed by 20% the state energy code or the most recent edition of ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1 (without amendments), whichever is more stringent.
(2) 
Building owners are encouraged to provide a portion of the total energy used by a building with on-site renewable sources, such as photovoltaic systems.
D. 
Water savings. The following guidelines help decrease the amount of municipal water needed for buildings:
(1) 
Decrease the quantity of potable water used for landscape irrigation by 50%.
(2) 
Install ultra-low-flow fixtures in bathrooms and consider reusing roof runoff volumes for flushing toilets in order to reduce the amount of potable water required.
E. 
Materials selection and indoor environmental quality. The following materials guidelines ensure quality environments that help decrease the environmental impact of the materials needed for buildings:
(1) 
Divert as much construction waste away from disposal in landfills as possible by recycling construction materials, including metal, wood, concrete, brick, drywall and cardboard.
(2) 
Incorporate building materials that contain a high percentage of recycled content.
(3) 
Incorporate building materials that have been manufactured and, where possible, extracted regionally. Using regional products not only reduces the amount of energy required for transportation, but it also supports the local economy.
(4) 
Incorporate bio-based building materials where possible. This includes materials incorporating certified wood, bamboo, wood, cotton, cork, natural linoleum and agricultural fiber boards.
(5) 
Limit the amount of indoor air contaminants that are introduced through building materials where possible. Materials, including adhesives, sealants, paints and carpets, with lower VOC values shall be preferred over standard versions. Materials made of wood and agricultural fiber shall contain no added urea formaldehyde.

§ 203-159. Landscaping.

A. 
Landscaping shall be required in those areas that are designated as setback areas, areas within parking lots, and areas not used for ingress, egress, parking, or storage, and areas subject to grading and recontouring.
B. 
Landscaping shall be integrated with other functional and ornamental site design elements, where appropriate, such as recreational facilities, ground paving materials, paths and walkways, fountains or other water features, trellises, pergolas, gazebos, fences, walls, street furniture, art and sculpture.
C. 
Plant suitability, maintenance and compatibility with site and construction features are critical factors which shall be considered. Plants shall be nonexotic, noninvasive and drought-tolerant and to the best possible xeriscape.
D. 
Deciduous trees shall have at least a two-inch caliper at the time of planting and shall be balled and burlapped. Evergreen trees shall be a minimum of five feet to six feet high at the time of planting. Shrubs shall be two feet in height at the time of planting. Only nursery-grown plant materials shall be acceptable, and all trees, shrubs and ground covers shall be planted according to accepted horticultural standards.
E. 
Within two years from the time of planting, all dead or dying plants, whether installed new, transplanted, or designated as existing trees to be retained on the plan, shall be replaced by the developer. The developer shall be responsible for the required maintenance and watering during the initial two years. Trees or other vegetation which die after the second year shall be replaced and maintained by the property owners or their agents.
F. 
Landscaping and site treatment plans shall consider seasonal flowers in planters, planting beds, and hanging baskets.
G. 
Garbage collection, recycling and other utility areas shall be screened around their perimeter by wood enclosures with a roof or by masonry walls, with a minimum height of seven feet, and shall extend on three sides of such an area, with a gate or door on the third side. Such a wall shall be capped on the top. A landscaped planting strip a minimum of three feet wide shall be located on three sides of such a facility. Planting material shall be separated from the parking lots by Belgian block curbing and shall have ramp access to such facility for vehicles and carts. A mixture of hardy flowers and/or decorative evergreen and deciduous trees may be planted.
H. 
To conserve energy, landscaping shall include the planting of evergreen windbreaks to block northwest winds in the winter, thereby reducing heating energy costs in the winter. Deciduous shade trees shall be planted near the southern facades of buildings to block summer sun, thereby reducing solar heat gain during the summer months.
I. 
All landscaping, including lawn areas, trees and shrubbery, shall be maintained in excellent condition by the property owners or development association by cutting, trimming, feeding, watering and weeding. Plants shall be replaced as may be required. Landscaping shall be installed upon the substantial completion of the building, weather permitting, and an underground irrigation system may be required by the Joint Land Use Board in some landscaped areas.
J. 
Existing vegetation to be preserved on each site must be designated on each plan. Techniques to be employed to preserve such vegetated areas shall be submitted to the Joint Land Use Board for review and approval. Such techniques should address the following elements for the tree structure so as to avoid damaging effects during and after construction to these elements: crown; branch system; dripline; existing grade; drainage and soil character; root system; and feeder root system.

§ 203-160. Shade trees.

A. 
Street trees, with a minimum caliper of two inches or 12 feet high at the time of planting, shall be spaced per the requirements specified in the Open Space Linkage Plan regarding streets, avenues, boulevards, and highways, as well as medians of boulevards and divided roads. Bottom branches shall be trimmed to a minimum of eight feet from the ground to allow pedestrian passage in commercial areas. Street trees shall be planted on both sides of the street and in the parkway between the curb and the sidewalk, if such exists. Existing trees shall be used where possible. In locations where healthy and mature shade trees exist, the requirements for new trees maybe waived or modified.
B. 
The particular species of shade trees shall be determined upon specific locational requirements, soil types, geology, climate and indigenous species. The list of tree species permitted in the Center and Village is presented in the Open Space Linkage Plan.
C. 
All intersections shall have street trees recognizing the requirements for clear sight lines.
D. 
See the Public Spaces Plan for species options.

§ 203-161. Detention basins.

A. 
The specific locations of detention basins are indicated in the Stormwater Management Plan. The system includes a host of stormwater elements, including:
(1) 
Larger basins.
(2) 
Linear basins or bioswales and rain gardens.
(3) 
Small basins located in parks.
(4) 
Lakes or ponds.
B. 
Size and depth of the various elements shall be calculated based on recognized engineering standards. Each parcel's stormwater drainage must be collected on-site and released at an approved location or locations. After being temporarily detained in basins, the stormwater must be released at a controlled rate into the channel systems which become part of the natural drainage watershed. In cases where water drains onto the parcel from adjacent parcels, the drainage system must provide for the inflow, unless special arrangements are made to the contrary.
C. 
Stormwater detention areas may be necessary to ensure recharge of sensitive groundwater systems. Determination of this need must be made by the Township Engineer on the basis of topography, subsoil characteristics, aquifer characteristics, and ground coverage.
D. 
Individual detention basins on each parcel shall not be required. However, each site's individual drainage collection system must be designed to collect and direct all surface runoff to an overall comprehensive drainage system.
E. 
Detention basins must be sensitively designed to provide both practical stormwater control and to develop into attractive and ecologically stable landscapes. The following design guidelines shall be adhered to:
(1) 
Basin design should be site specific. Avoid using standard "cookie-cutter" shapes and angular designs; keep line and contours free-flowing and natural in appearance.
(2) 
Vary basin shape and slopes to produce basins that blend into the surrounding topography and existing natural conditions.
(3) 
Where appropriate, basin design should incorporate recreational amenities such as ballfields and/or open play areas integrated with plantings in a parklike and safe manner.
F. 
When required by the Joint Land Use Board and indicated on an approved development plan, detention basins shall be landscaped. The following planting design guidelines must be adhered to:
(1) 
Plant species should be tolerant of both wet and dry soil conditions.
(2) 
Trees and shrubs should be planted in masses and groves to mimic naturally occurring patterns.
(3) 
Plantings should be allowed to go on and over side slopes.
(4) 
Plantings should not be permitted on any dikes associated with the detention basin unless approved by the Township Engineer.
(5) 
Provision for emergency access as well as general maintenance of the basin should be reviewed and approved by the Township Engineer. Plantings should be designed to disguise, yet not hinder, vehicular access.
(6) 
Plantings should not be located too close to low-flow channels to allow for maintenance of the basin.
(7) 
Vary plant spacing; allow for openings and gaps and more closely planted areas.
(8) 
Tree plantings should be a mixture of species and sizes to be reviewed and approved by the Joint Land Use Board.
(9) 
Shrubs should be planted in masses. Groups of single species should be allowed to overlap a group of another species to form large continuous beds.
(10) 
Grass mixtures should be specified that remain attractive while being cut only three to four times per year, e.g., tall fescue varieties. Avoid using high-maintenance fine lawn grasses. Where appropriate, basins may be seeded with meadow grass or wildflower mixtures that require only one mowing per year.
(11) 
Open areas, from the basin to existing woodlands, should be planted with indigenous species of shade trees and naturalizing meadow grass and/or wildflower mixture to help blend the two areas together.
(12) 
Reforestation is a landscape treatment appropriate for detention basins that are not highly visible or are located adjacent to areas of native wood lots. Where reforestation is determined to be appropriate by the Joint Land Use Board, tree sizes should vary. Trees should be planted in groves.

§ 203-162. Lighting.

A. 
Well-designed soft lighting of the building exterior shall be permitted, provided that the lighting complements the architecture. The lighting shall not draw inordinate attention to the building.
B. 
Parking lot, service area, and roadway lighting shall be provided by freestanding fixtures designed to minimize glare to the street and adjacent parcels. The type of fixture and color of lamping will be evaluated for their compatibility with existing streetlighting, the architecture and natural site characteristics.
C. 
Freestanding lights shall be located and protected to avoid being easily damaged by vehicles or vandalized. The height of such lights shall in no case be greater than 15 feet, except for big box, large-format retail and regional office/hotel commercial type uses, wherein the height of such lights within the parking lots shall in no case be greater than 40 feet and within rear areas of the building, exclusive of pad sites and service areas, shall be no greater than 30 feet. All lighting shall be serviced underground.
[Amended 9-4-2012 by Ord. No. 2012-18]
D. 
Spotlight-type fixtures attached to buildings and visible to the public are prohibited. Where lights along property lines will be visible from adjacent properties or are adjacent to residential districts or uses, the lights shall be appropriately shielded and shall have a maximum height of 30 feet.
[Amended 9-4-2012 by Ord. No. 2012-18]
E. 
The lighting for pedestrian walkways may include either cut-off or exposed sources, but the height and intensity of the light must be subdued. All lighting designs and installation are subject to Joint Land Use Board review and approval.
F. 
All proposed lighting plans shall be accompanied by a point-by-point plan indicating numerical illumination levels. The plan shall indicate the average, minimum and maximum illumination levels and minimum-to-maximum illumination ratio for maintained footcandles.
[Amended 9-4-2012 by Ord. No. 2012-18]
G. 
See the Public Spaces Plan for fixture options.
H. 
The use of string lighting in trees, up-lighting of trees or other special effect lighting and after-hours lighting is permitted.

§ 203-163. Restaurants and cafes.

A. 
Restaurants shall be permitted to operate outdoor cafes on sidewalks, including areas within the public right-of-way and in courtyards, provided that pedestrian circulation and access to store entrances shall not be impaired.
B. 
The design of sidewalk cafes shall be subject to approval by the Joint Land Use Board. The following standards and guidelines are applicable to sidewalk cafes:
(1) 
Allow for pedestrian circulation; a minimum of five feet of sidewalk along the curb leading to the entrance of the establishment shall be maintained free of tables and other encumbrances.
(2) 
Planters, posts with ropes, wrought iron railings, or other removable enclosures are encouraged and shall be used as away of defining the area occupied by the cafe.
(3) 
Extended awnings, canopies, or large umbrellas shall be permitted and located to provide shade. Colors shall complement building colors.
(4) 
Outdoor cafes shall be required to provide additional outdoor trash receptacles.
(5) 
Tables, chairs, planters, trash receptacles and other elements of street furniture shall be compatible with the architectural character of the building where the establishment is located.
(6) 
Outdoor cafes shall not be entitled to additional signage, over and beyond what is permitted for this use.
(7) 
The operators of outdoor cafes shall be responsible for maintaining a clean, litter-free and well-kept appearance within and immediately adjacent to the area of their activities.

§ 203-164. Utilities.

All utilities and related appurtenances on the site shall be underground or in the main building or structure.

§ 203-165. Street and park furniture, plazas and community spaces.

A. 
Street furniture includes benches, waste containers, planters, phone booths, bus shelters, bicycle racks, water fountains, potted plants and planters, window boxes and bollards. The Public Spaces Plan provides examples of desired vocabulary. Street furniture must be compatible with the architecture of surrounding buildings, the character of the area and other elements of the streetscape. Consistency in the selection and location of the various elements of street furniture is critical for maximum effect and functional usage.
B. 
The design of a building's related entrance areas, plazas or terraces may vary, based on the intentions and needs of individual building owners. At a minimum, however, building entrances shall be highlighted with plant materials and paved surfaces.
C. 
In time, the need for varied forms of street furniture beyond signage may arise. For example, introduction of a public or private transit system may necessitate bus shelters. As such needs become formalized, the developer must prepare a basic design vocabulary to cover such individual needs consistent with the overall design program. Every development shall include some or all of these community spaces: patio/seating areas, pedestrian plazas with benches, window shopping walkways, outdoor playground areas, kiosk areas, a water feature, clock tower or other such deliberately shaped area and/or a focal feature or amenity that, in the judgment of the Joint Land Use Board, adequately enhances such community and public spaces. Any such areas shall have direct access to a sidewalk network, and such features shall not be constructed of materials that are inferior to the principal materials of the building and landscape.

§ 203-166. Screening of loading and service areas.

All loading docks and service areas must be sufficient to serve the business being conducted on the parcel without using adjacent streets. No loading and service areas shall be visible from any neighboring property or adjacent street. Provision must be made for handling all freight on those sides of the buildings which do not face a street. The recommended method of screening should consist of walls and gates compatible in color and texture with the building material, buffered by deciduous and evergreen shrubs and trees, so as not to be visible from neighboring properties and streets. The joint use of truck loading and maneuvering areas between on-site and adjacent off-site complementary uses shall be maximized. Delivery and loading operations shall not disturb adjoining neighborhoods or other uses.

§ 203-167. Solid waste and litter management.

A. 
All outdoor containers shall be visually screened within a durable, noncombustible enclosure, so as not to be visible from adjacent lots or sites, neighboring properties or streets. No collection areas shall be permitted between a street and the front of a building. Appropriate landscaping shall be installed to form a year-round effective visual screen at time of planting.
B. 
Collection areas shall be designed to contain all material generated on-site and deposited between collections. Deposited material shall not be visible from outside the enclosure.
C. 
Collection enclosures shall be designed of durable materials with finishes and colors which are unified and harmonious with the overall architectural theme.
D. 
Collection areas shall be so located upon the lot as to provide clear and convenient access to collection vehicles and thereby minimize wear and tear on on-site and off-site developments. Refuse collection and recycling areas shall not be located within parking areas or required landscaped buffers.
E. 
Collection areas shall be designed and located upon the lot so as to be convenient for the deposition of material generated on-site.
F. 
An option to reduce the visual impact of the collection containers is to store and compact material inside the building at the service area, thus eliminating the need to screen containers.
G. 
Delivery, loading, trash removal or compaction, or other such operations may be limited by the Joint Land Use Board between certain hours where noise impacts at the lot line of any adjoining residential property or district or otherwise exceeds Township and state requirements. Also, an applicant shall provide an effective litter management plan, subject to Joint Land Use Board approval. Such management plan shall be submitted with an application for final site plan approval.

§ 203-168. Storage.

A. 
No open storage shall be permitted on any lot. No articles, merchandise, products, goods, materials, incinerator, storage tanks, or like equipment shall be kept in the open or exposed to public view, and no accessory use should be constructed to permit open storage of materials or goods on a lot. These requirements are not meant to prohibit the outdoor sale of merchandise if designed appropriately in the form of a garden center.
B. 
Nonenclosed areas for the storage and sale of seasonal inventory shall be permanently defined and screened with walls and/or fences. Materials, colors, and design of screening walls and/or fences and the cover shall conform to those used as predominant materials and colors on the building. If such areas are to be covered, then the covering shall conform to the materials used as predominant materials and colors on the building.

§ 203-169. Fences and walls.

Fences are not desirable and shall only be approved for limited situations. Chain-link and/or periphery fencing shall not be permitted. Decorative fences or walls may be used to screen service and loading areas, private patios or courts. Fences may be used to enclose playgrounds, recreational areas, or to secure sensitive areas to uses, such as vehicle storage areas. Fences shall not be located where they impede pedestrian or bicycle circulation through or between site areas. If approved, all fences and walls shall be designed as integrated parts of the overall architectural and site design. All materials shall be durable and finished in textures and colors complementary to the overall architectural design. No hedge, wall or fence of any type shall be erected or maintained if it is deemed a safety hazard in obstructing the view of motorists.

§ 203-170. Maintenance of improvements.

All site improvements, including, but not limited to, streets, drives, parking lots, drainage areas, culverts, curbing, buildings, and lighting, must be maintained in good condition and repair by either the Township, owner or other designated entity.

§ 203-171. Sidewalks and/or pathways.

A. 
Sidewalks and/or pathways shall be installed by the developer within perimeter landscape areas and along streets.
B. 
Permitted surface materials for sidewalks shall be floated aggregate concrete, scored concrete or approved pavers.
C. 
Permitted surface materials for pedestrian multipurpose paths shall be bituminous.
D. 
On-site pedestrian circulation systems shall be provided to meet the circulation needs of on-site users. Such systems shall provide safe, all-weather-efficient, and aesthetically pleasing means of on-site movement and shall be an integrated part of the overall architectural and site design concept. At a minimum, sidewalks and/or pathways shall connect focal points of pedestrian activity such as, but not limited to, transit stops, street crossings, building and entry points, and shall feature adjoining landscaped areas that include trees, shrubs, benches, flower beds, ground covers, or other such materials.
E. 
Sidewalks shall be provided along the full length of the building along any facade featuring a customer entrance, and along any facade abutting public parking areas. Pedestrian sidewalks shall provide weather protection features such as awnings or arcades when located close to customer entrances.
F. 
Where appropriate, connections shall be made between on-site and perimeter sidewalk and/or pathway circulation systems.
G. 
Pedestrian crosswalks shall be clearly delineated by a material different from the surrounding road surface through the use of durable, low-maintenance surface materials such as pavers or scored concrete to enhance pedestrian safety and comfort, as well as the attractiveness of the sidewalk and/or pathway.
H. 
Permitted surface materials for crosswalks shall be pavers or stamped asphalt.

§ 203-172. Electrical and mechanical equipment.

All exterior electrical and mechanical equipment at ground level, such as transformers, shall be screened and located at the side or rear of the building and away from entrances. Recommended screening methods include walls compatible with the building material, and a plant material buffer utilizing a layered installation of shrubs, flowering trees, and ground cover. Utility accessories such as boxes, meters and fire hydrants shall be coordinated with the overall streetscape.

§ 203-173. Open space.

Projects in RC-1, RC-2, RC-3, RC-4 and AR-1 Districts shall provide an adequate amount of open space, exclusive of detention and retention basins, and developed for on-site conservation and recreation facilities to service the needs of all employees and their visitors. The applicant shall submit an open space plan showing the proposed land area and general location of parks and any other land area to be set aside for conservation and recreational purposes and a general description of improvements to be made thereon, including a plan for the operation and maintenance of parks and recreational facilities.

§ 203-174. Wildlife habitat.

The utilization of landscape planting to promote the creation and/or preservation of wildlife habitat must take form at two levels. The first effort is required in the areas referred to as "developed common open space." This includes parks, playgrounds, backyards, walkways, etc. in which plant material selected to satisfy the needs of the human population can also have food and shelter value for bird and small game species. The second effort lies in the protection of the habitat value of the undeveloped open space and augmenting such habitat with plant material that further promotes food and shelter values.

§ 203-175. Public safety.

A. 
The developer and/or owners' association shall employ private security services. A planned commercial development shall provide foot patrols and vehicle patrols during its hours of operation if determined to be necessary.
B. 
All buildings shall be fully sprinklered. Fire lanes and signage shall be provided as well as access to both the front and rear of buildings designed to meet the Township's fire code.
C. 
Subtitle 1 of Title 39 of the Revised Statutes (moving violations) shall apply so that enforcement of such motor vehicle laws will be available to the Township Police Department.

§ 203-176. General residential standards.

A. 
Density variation. Residential net density shall generally decrease from the community plaza, square and/or commercial core towards the periphery of the Center. A mix of dwelling unit types shall be distributed throughout the Center. Smaller lots and higher net density dwellings are generally located closer to the public spaces and main street commercial core areas.
B. 
Building variation. Buildings containing dwelling units shall be designed in conformance with the Regulating Plan. Building designs shall vary in terms of footprint, architectural elevations, window placement, type of roof, height, front entrance, and porch locations. Colors, materials, and architectural details should be limited in number, compatibility, and repetition throughout a neighborhood.
C. 
Front yards. All dwelling units, excluding accessory dwellings and apartments, shall have a clearly defined front yard using landscaping, hedging, fencing, or a brick or stone wall, none of which shall exceed 3 1/2 feet in height. Accessory dwellings shall only be permitted on single-family detached lots with the maximum lot size.
D. 
Patios/Terraces, decks and rear yards. All dwelling units, except apartments located on upper floors, shall have a private yard or patio designed in accordance with the standards of this Part 2 and having a minimum of 400 square feet in area. Rear steps and landings are permitted, but may not encroach into the minimum required yard or patio area by more than 20 square feet. Decks in rear yard areas are permitted, provided they are constructed no more than 21 inches above grade. In no case shall rear steps and landings in excess of 21 inches high be closer than 15 feet to side and rear property lines. Property owners may not alter existing property grade without Township approval. The yard or patio shall be within an area enclosed by a masonry wall, wooden fence, trellis or lattice, evergreen hedge, vines, or some combination thereof. Rear walls, fences, or trellises may not be closer than seven feet to the alley right-of-way. In case of walls, fences or trellises, the height of such yard or patio enclosure shall be five feet or seven feet high. Portions of fencing below five feet shall be of solid material and above five feet in height must be made of a trellis or other semi-transparent material and shall be suitable to provide privacy and screen views of neighboring uses. Each upper-floor apartment dwelling should be provided with a terrace consisting of a minimum of 64 square feet, recessed inside the exterior building wall of the dwelling, or a balcony of 72 square feet projecting on the outside of the building wall. If a terrace or balcony is not provided for upper-floor apartments, each dwelling shall be provided with access to a conveniently located common space, park, or green with a minimum size equal to or greater than the total of all combined balconies which should have been provided to serve those residential units which do not have the same. An additional 100 square feet of area per unit shall be included in the common open space. Such additional space shall be designed to accommodate hard surfaces, with places for grills, movable chairs, tables and the like.
E. 
Roofline orientation. Roofline orientation shall vary to the highest extent possible.
F. 
Garden sheds. Garden sheds shall not exceed 50 square feet and six feet in height for homes with two-car garages and shall not exceed 30 square feet and six feet in height for homes with one-car garages. Sheds shall be permitted in the rear yards and shall be architecturally attached to the garage structure. Garden sheds shall be of wood or cement board siding and roof materials similar to those of the main house. Sheds shall not encroach in the required minimum yard area.

§ 203-177. Commercial and mixed-use standards.

A. 
Building color and texture.
(1) 
Simple and uniform texture patterns are encouraged to create shadow patterns which will reduce the high visibility of the building.
(2) 
Variations in color shall be kept to a minimum.
(3) 
Colors shall be subdued in tone.
(4) 
Accent colors may be used to express corporate identity.
B. 
Parking and circulation.
(1) 
Each building site must include adequate off-street automobile parking and loading facilities, and no parking or loading facilities shall be permitted on any street, entrance drive, or any place other than in an approved space. Off-street parking and loading design shall conform to those identified in the Township Subdivision and Land Development Ordinance[1] although actual design may be based on site experiences at other locations. It may not be necessary to pave the entire parking area established by these ratios where the minimum ordinance requirements can be demonstrated.
[1]
Editor's Note: See Ch. 163, Subdivision of Land.
(2) 
The lighting for pedestrian walkways may include either cut-off or exposed sources, but the height and intensity of the light must be subdued. All lighting designs and installation are subject to Joint Land Use Board review and approval.